Home

Electra Elite 48 System Hardware Manual

1. 3 1 2 lici Hio EEN EH Sau H RUP DP avi PrEfR e a D Seo SENHE MENORES n LU isl be het tle EU ULB pA RI MERI EIE MIPPI 5 6 3 2 1 DeserpPion e FA EM cro HE Table of Contents Electra Elite Issue 7 44 MBD D10 Unit for B48 LHO KSU D 6 3 3 1 8 RU c LA 3 3 2 Switch PE T 3 3 3 Cannectors Modestus cere m T 5 9 3 3 4 NS RI 3 3 5 Replacing Memory Backup strticetonie 5 10 3 4 1 8 srce ainia EE 5 11 3 4 2 stallata RR 5 11 3 4 3 Switeh Settings EE 5 12 3 4 4 LED Indications EE TUN 5 12 3 4 5 Connectors M uL MI M 5 13 3 5 1 HERR D ON 3 5 2 aa 3 5 3 SWEN ssassn E 3 5 4 LED 33 5 Re eC S 36 Modemi dti gU 5 16 3 6 1 P 3 6 2 Installation 3 6 3 Specifications PR TUM ERN ES 5 16 Section 4 Trunk ETUS sirasini ABRE Ka ia 5 17 4 1 5 17 4 1 1 Description EEEE PAR E AEE ETIN euer 4 1 2 Installation En eer e
2. 5 77 6 1 GMSK AU TETU EE n dd 6 1 1 Description ELE uiae dicitis ode tert c EK E 6 1 3 Switch Settings 614 Indications 6 1 5 CMS 2 4 U ETU Connectors 5 83 6 1 6 CMS US30 ETU Jumper Settings 5 83 61 2 CMOS LED ETU COnBOOIOIS 6 2 4 CTBEVPOUAVIODUCIBI UL X ETU virinneeseen 5 84 6 2 1 stint heim e 6 2 1 1 System Board Components 5 86 6 2 1 2 Daughter Board Components 5 89 62 18 POM Expansion Board ssrasuesioninisnanis 90 ec ISRO dU S MM IDE DM M 6 2 3 c 63 2 4 8 8 91 6 3 1 TON 5 91 6 3 2 aciei dale a 2 X Table of Contents Electra Elite Issue 7 6 3 3 m rds 5 95 6 3 4 Nri MNT T TU Ci 6 35 FMS 2 4 8 U Connectors 5 99 6 3 6 FMS U30 Jumper Settings TR Ud 5 99 6 3 7 FMS U30 ETU Connectors bud 5 99 6 4 ETU 2er rain rtu D100 6 4 1 2 cuu secre eao 5 100 6 4 2 Installation
3. 3 1 Attendant Stations oF Programming from a 3 1 Programming from a Multiline Terminal H 3 2 Table of Contents Electra Elite Issue 7 Section 6 Electra Elite 48 Remote PC Programming 9 2 6 1 Remote Progra mMin Section 7 Determining Required Equipment 9 3 ql aci dec t Z3 ETUS aso exti ao Code DUMP ABI NEP DU pM nn 3 4 hed Determining Telephone and CO Port Numbers 3 5 ee Determining the Number of Required 3 6 7 2 3 PBR Hegulremelis 3 6 Chapter 4 Installing the KSU Section 1 General Information de Section2 Site Preparation and MDF IDF Construction m 4 1 2 1 Precautionary Information 4 1 22 Surveying the Customer Site 2 3 Selecting the Best Location for Proper Installation 4 2 2 3 1 Selecting the KSU Installation Site cc t MER 2 3 2 Selecting a Permanent MDF Location 4 8 2 3 3 Selecting a Site for Installing the Telephones 4 3 2 4 Constructing the Main Distributi
4. Figure 5 3 Handling When setting switches on the ETU wear a wrist strap and stand on a grounded conductive work surface to avoid static electricity bs Wrist Strap Tee Grounded Conductive Surface Figure 5 4 Safety Precautions when Setting Switches on an ETU System Hardware Manual 5 3 Issue 7 Electra Elite Don t touch the surface of the ETU A small screw driver be used to change the switch settings if the installer follows the recommended safety precautions 2 2 Inserting an ETU into the KSU Slots 1 Align ETU with ejector tab at top and component side to the left 2 Slide the ETU into the proper slot in the KSU and push it all the way to the back of the KSU 2 3 Removing an ETU from the KSU 1 Liftthe ejector tab on the ETU 2 Pull the ETU out of the slot Figure 5 5 Lifting the Ejector Tabs on the ETU Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite SECTION 3 COMMON CONTROL UNITS System Hardware Manual Issue 7 The Electronic Telephone units described in this section control the common functions of the KSU 31 CLKG U Unit 3 1 1 Description The CLKG U Unit provides clock synchronization for ISDN PRI FT1 ISDN BRI and Wireless lines that are connected to the system This unit works with the DTI U BRT 4 U PRT 1 U or BSU 2 U ETU andis installed on the MBD U10 Unit n I a z a o
5. 8 48 Chapter 9 Installing Electra Professional Equipment Section 1 General Information PS COENA 9 1 Section 2 Electra Professional Multiline Terminals 9 1 Section 3 Connecting an Electra Professional Multiline Terminal to the Electra Elite 48 System 9 2 3 1 Modular Terminal Connections 0 ccccccccceceecececeeecaceeececaaeeeeees 9 2 3 1 1 Connecting Multiline Terminals Attendant Add On Consoles and SLT Adapters 9 2 3 2 X Attach a Multiline Terminal to the System 9 3 Section 4 Installing Ancillary Device Adapter in the Multiline Terminal SENE eio itid wi patei 9 3 4 1 Ancillary Device Adapter Installation 9 3 Section 5 Connecting an Attendant Console to a Multiline Terminal 9 5 Chapter 10 System Maintenance Section 1 Introduction MA M Q 10 1 Section 2 Operational Current and Voltage Checks 10 1 Section 3 Operational Test Procedures PUTES 10 2 XX Table of Contents Electra Elite Issue 7 3 1 General TTT PONT ciiin o o TET 10 2 dz 10 2 3 2 1 Gable COMMONS LUE cir POWE apt 3 2 3 Init
6. ssss sss 7 12 Table 7 3 APA U Unit Switch Settings for SWS 745 Table 7 4 APR U Unit Switch Settings for SW1 and SWS 7 19 Table 7 5 HFU U Unit Switch Settings esses 7 33 Table 8 1 AD A R Unit Switch Settings 8 34 Table 8 2 AD A R Cable Connections sss 8 39 Table 8 3 AP A R AP R R Unit Switch Settings MONTE LED Table 8 4 Unit Switch SEIBODS ueni m Ev beer EE MELDE EPA UR DERE EHE 8 46 Table 10 1 Voltage Measurement 10 3 xxxviii List of Tables Introduction CHAPTER 1 SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION 1 4 Unique Design The Electra Elite 48 system is a powerful key system that meets the ever changing business communications demands of today Unique compact design allows it to be easily and quickly installed Electra Elite 48 is a feature rich system that provides telephone functions and supports advanced features such as Automatic Number Indication ANI Caller ID Automatic Route Selection ARS Caller ID Call Return Centralized Voice Mail Computer Telephony Integration CTI Dialed Number Indication Service DNIS ptem Analog Cordless Terminal D Cordless 1 Terminal D Cordless Lite Terminal D Handset Cordless Terminal Elite ACD Plus Emergency 911 Cut through Enhanced 911 Integ
7. Figure 5 1 KSU ETU Slots Issue 7 SECTION 2 INSTALLATION 2 1 Electra Elite Installation Precautions the ETUs to avoid static electricity damage to hardware or exposure to hazardous voltages Observe the following precautions when installing The ETUs used in this system make extensive use of CMOS technology that is very susceptible to static therefore extreme care must be taken to avoid static discharge when handling ETUs Make all switch setting changes on the ETU before inserting itin the KSU When installed the component side of all ETUs must face the left side of the KSU Ejector tabs are always on top When carrying an ETU be sure to keep it in a conductive polyethylene bag to prevent damage due to static electricity When handling an ETU the installer must wear a grounded wrist strap to protect the ETU from static electricity When inserting or removing an ETU be sure the wrist strap is connected to the Frame Ground Terminal on the KSU Refer to Figure 5 2 Wrist Strap Grounding KSU Frame Ground Terminal Figure 5 2 Wrist Strap Grounding Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 When holding be sure you do not touch the components or the soldered surfaces with bare hands Place one hand under the bottom corner of the ETU and with the other hand hold the ejector tab located in the top corner of the ETU Ejector Ta Tab
8. 5 21 COI 4 8 U ETU Connections rhe nada 5 23 5 24 ETU Connections 5 26 E 5 28 COIB 4 U20 ETU Connections ard re s1 UT COID 4 8 U ETU Connections 3 DIDAU SEIL 5 40 List of Figures Electra Elite Issue 7 Figure 5 25 DTR aedi o RH POENI EU UR 5 41 Figure 5 26 wart Mecum RR 5 44 Figure 5 27 FRE TE pcm 5 45 Figure 5 28 IPT A CP ETU Connections RT 5 48 Figure 5 29 PRR OAK ETU sesen 5 49 Figure 5 30 etr 5 53 Figure 5 31 JEK FU ca LO atta hres 5 54 Figure 5 32 TETU CODO eee 5 56 Figure 5 33 LONE Y ETU Lo cscs eens e io aan PRECOR UR 5 57 Figure 5 34 TETU 5 60 Figure 5 35 DPH 4 U Doorphone Connector 5 62 Figure 5 36 5 63 Figure 5 37 zac qi ETU CONDECION P REN 5 64 Figure 5 38 DEDERAT WUNI Laredo CR Pu EDAD UHR OH dad 5 65 Figure 5 39 OPX 2 U
9. Not Used LED7 Line 7 status COID 8 Not Used ide LED8 Line 8 status COID 8 Busy Not Used Idle System Hardware Manual 5 37 Issue 7 Electra Elite 4 6 5 Connectors The COID 4 8 U has one connector Connects to the backboard 4 6 6 Connections COID 4 U ETU Demark T R MDF Demark T Ti h rT R R1 R R T2 T T R2 R R 4 T T R3 R R T4 4 T T R4 R R T R T R COID 8 U ETU Figure 5 22 COID 4 8 U ETU Connections 5 38 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 47 DID 4 U ETU 4 7 1 Description The DID 4 interfaces Direct Inward Termination lines and 2 way DID lines This ETU provides a maximum of four DID lines Wink start delay start immediate start and second Dial Tone are accommodated with this ETU Dial Pulse and DTMF are also supported There are four built in DTMF signal detectors Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements Figure 5 23 DID 4 U ETU System Hardware Manual 5 39 Issue 7 Electra Elite 4 7 2 Installation A maximum of four DID 4 U ETUs can be installed in the system in slots S3 S6 4 7 3 LED Indications Table 5 17 DID 4 U ETU LED Indications LED Description On Flashing Off LIVE ETU status Operation Normal No Power stopped Operation Power On LED 1 Line 1 statu
10. Perform Second Initialization and test Perform First Initialization and test No Replace B48 U10 KSU and test using default program Problem Solved Send terminal in for repair System Hardware Manual 10 15 Issue 7 10 16 D3 Electra Elite Multiline Terminal Dial Tone Access Problems Check to see if problem occurs on CO or Internal call Internal CO or Internal dial tone Go to Flowchart C3 Go to Flowchart A1 Go to Flowchart A1 System Maintenance Issue 7 Electra Elite E1 No Dial Tone Access on SLT Check Memory Block 7 1 for SLI 4 8 U ETU assignments Yes No Problem i Assignment End solved Assign Again 9 No Yes Both CO Check CO line dial tone Replace SLT and test a on a Multiline Terminal Good No Yes Internal I lt Bad Problem Go to Flowchart C3 solved Replace SLT and test Go to Flowchart C3 Yes Repair SLT Problem solved No 1 Reset SLI 4 8 U ETU and test 2 Replace SLI 4 8 U ETU and test 3 Perform Second Initialization and test Problem solved Go to Flowchart A Leave one SLI 4 8 U ETU and one ESI 8 U ETU installed System Hardware Manual 10 17 Issue 7 Electra Elite E2 Ringing Problem on SLT Replace SLT Problem Solved Yes SLT defective
11. 5 108 Figure 5 59 Lc rcs Pra a ETU mme E Figure 5 60 BSU 2 U CODPSBOITS usse dicentric tanita 110 Figure 5 61 ae adu enin entrenar dedu o rad 5 116 Figure 5 62 ECR U 110 Figure 5 63 OE O TRA Figure 5 64 D UR REEL DHL lE Pe fne D122 Figure 5 65 8 J ETU ew 5 124 Figure 5 66 DI HE oo 5 127 Figure 5 67 J ETU Mr 5 132 Figure 5 68 J ETU dpa eain EE pu nates 5 137 Figure 5 69 PER JU YETU eir aea aano ai a Etat poqp biis passe 5 141 Figure 5 70 VRS 4 U J ETU 5 143 Figure 6 1 DTP 2DT 1 TEL Multiline Terminal Figure 6 2 Tea TEL Multiline Terminal PERRO oo Oe Figure 6 3 DTUHSDSZ TEL Muilne Terminal eor Habe pnr EP alib pi Figure 6 4 DTU 16 1 TEL Multiline Terminal l de nt abide Figure 6 5 DTU 16D 2 TEL Multiline Terminal uias Figure 6 6 DTLISSS TEL Terminal aussuchen taba cin 6 6 xxvi List of Figures Electra Elite Electra Elite Issue 7 Figure 6 7 DTU 32D 2 TEL Multiline Terminal asse enc qu Figure 6 8 Ri EP JM 6 8 Figure 6 9 DTP 1 1 TEL Single Line Telephone ten neon Snc dnbie hae 6 9 Figure 6 10 DTP 1HM
12. EE 5 137 7 9 1 seuransa 7 9 2 Installation du Eee eer E ld 7 9 3 Switch Settings TP TN 7 9 4 LED Indications eod TC PERS E D139 7 9 4 1 Normal State RR Psi d O9 7942 9 799 qain MM QN A PBR FU JETU aieeaii e 5 141 Z1 Desilo sesca COZ ord o cn TEL System Hardware Manual xiii Issue 7 Electra Elite 7 10 4 Connectors rer 5 142 SAY A PME Rei rec 7 11 1 Description TET HER TRE 58 143 7 11 2 Installation PR AITNE INST MERERETUR 5 144 TALS Switch SMS RE TLA LED LUN 5 145 TAILS CONNECIOTS ai rre D 145 Chapter 6 Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Section 1 Section 2 Section 3 Section 4 Section 5 Section 6 Section 7 General Information 6 1 Multiline Terminals 6 1 2 1 IPC T udi DIVO T TEL KT o 6 2 24 TEL serene ere re 6 4 Bs RG 6 5 2 6 eg Ss M
13. Switch Settings Function SWi 1 SW1 2 swi 3 P Off Off Off 0 decibels default On Off Off 1 decibel Off On Off 2 decibels On On Off 3 decibels Off Off On 4 decibels On Off On 5 decibels Off On On 6 decibels On On On 7 decibels On Record Gain SWh1 4 Off Record Pad default 2 N A Test Reset Switch 5 144 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 7 11 4 LED Indications Table 5 72 VRS 4 LED Indications co on Fasting OF 1 Channel 1 Busy Not Used status BSY 2 Channel 2 Busy Not Used status BSY 3 Channel Busy Not Used status BSY 4 Channel 4 Busy Not Used Idle status LIVE ETU status Operation Normal No stopped operation Power Power On 7 11 5 Connectors The VRS 4 U has one connector to the backboard 7 11 6 Pins Two pins SP1 and SP2 are located on the top right of the VRS ETU These short pins are for maintenance Do not change the factory default settings on these pins Pins 2 and 3 are short circuited System Hardware Manual 5 145 Issue 7 Electra Elite THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 5 146 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals CHAPTER 6 SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION SECTION 2 MULTILINE TERMINALS System Hardware Manual The Electra Elite 48 system provides several different Multiline Terminals an Attendant C
14. entier icemicasqo icai ae d 49 External Page Output qt Connecting a PC to the KSU ER pemi Voice 7 53 DTR 2DT 1 TEL Multiline Terminal sese 8 1 List of Figures Electra Elite Issue 7 Figure 8 2 DTMIDTHA TEL Multiline Terminal 2 Figure 8 3 TEL MUMNME since cci kac lasci RR dpt 8 3 Figure 8 4 TEE Multiline uiam ct b tbc tie 8 4 Figure 8 5 DTH DTR 32D 1 TEL Multiline Terminal e ne ttti 8 5 Figure 8 6 DOR GOTO OGIE prie 8 6 Figure 8 7 DTR 1 1 TEL Single Line Telephone 8 7 Figure 8 8 TEL Single Line enn d ed etie Hasiera 8 8 Figure 8 9 Connecting a DTH DTR Terminal to the System 8 9 Figure 8 10 Leading Line Cord on a DTH DTR Terminal 8 9 Figure 8 11 Joining DCR Console to Terminal 10 Figure 8 12 Connecting the Line Cord and AC ibis When a a DCR Allendant GODSOLB MIR RR sees H i Figure 8 13 DCR Attendant Console and Multiline Terminal 8 11 Figure 8 14 Adusing th DTHDTR LOD id enhn 8 12 Fi
15. 2 11 4 4 1 TACIT URS p LED D Ped 2 11 4 4 2 DL atid imac A 2 12 4 4 3 EIU 2 12 System Hardware Manual Issue 7 Electra Elite 4 4 4 Electra Elite Terminals and Equipment 2 12 4 4 5 Electra Elite IPK and Series i Terminals and Equipment 2 13 45 Dialing Specmications emt T T 2 14 4 5 1 Dial Pulse Address Signaling R 4 5 2 Dual Tone ia able ed Address Signaling yt AB Batey o5 met 2 15 4 6 1 Systm BACKUP Aer Te 4 6 2 Memory Backup OPTAT PN TE 2 15 4 7 Weights and Dimensions nine 15 48 External Equipment Interface tnr bak bn tace 2 21 4 8 1 Music on Hold Station Background Music 2 21 4 8 2 External Paging Audio 48 3 External Tone Ringer Night Chime Output 2 21 SMDA OUIDUL 455 PG Connection 4 8 6 c AW TT n 4 9 Audible and Visual Indications 222 4 9 1 Tone Paneb isis sept Oba reborn Erb A 4 9 2 LED Flash Patterns as E rem Chapter 3 Hardware Requirements Section 1 Section 2 Section 3 Section 4 Section 5 General Information 1 M Programming Stations
16. LED 4 1012 Leo 1010 LED 5 123 J7 NN Harddrive Figure 5 57 VMS U30 ETU 5 102 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite 6 4 2 6 4 3 Issue 7 Installation The VMS 2 U10 ETU has two channels of built in Voice Mail The VMS 4 U10 ETU has four channels of built in Voice Mail The VMS 8 U10 ETU has eight channels of built in Voice Mail Only one VMS 2 4 8 U ETU or one VMS U30 can be installed in each system in slots S1 S8 This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system Each system can have one CTI VP CMS FMS VMS or IVR ETU switch setting changes before inserting it in When installing this ETU make all ETU DIP 3 the KSU Ensure that KSU is off Switch Settings Refer to Table 5 48 VMS 2 4 8 U ETU DIP Switch Settings Revision Q30931 v 6 65 or lower For Revision Q30931 v 6 68 or higher refer to Table 5 49 VMS 2 4 8 U ETU DIP Switch Functions Table 5 48 VMS 2 4 8 U DIP Switch Settings Switch Description 1 Normally Off On to enable COM1 Normally Off When 1 and 2 are both On is enabled for HOSTKEY and the VM application is stopped for Maintenance On to enable COM for remote RS 232 RJ 11 Off to allow COM1 local connection Not Used t Used for Revision Q30931 v 6 65 or lower
17. SW Figure 5 11 BRT 4 U ETU 5 17 Issue 7 4 1 2 4 1 3 4 1 4 5 18 Electra Elite Installation If a BRT 4 U ETU is installed a CLKG U Unit must be installed in connectors CN5 and CN6 on the MBD U10 Unit A maximum of two BRT 4 U ETUs can be installed in the system in slot S3 or S4 S7000 or lower Using S8000 or higher up to two BRT 4 U ETUs can be installed in slots S3 S6 Switch Settings SW1 is the reset switch Jumpers CN101 and CN102 Setthe 1000 termination to On or Off for Channel 1 CN101 and CN102 shorted together from the factory turn on the 1000 terminal CN201 and CN202 Setthe 1000 termination to On or Off for Channel 2 CN201 and CN202 shorted together from the factory turn on the 1000 terminal CN301 and CN302 Set the 1000 termination to On or Off for Channel 3 CN301 and CN302 shorted together from the factory turn on the 1000 terminal CN401 and CN402 Setthe 1000 termination to On or Off for Channel 4 CN401 and CN402 shorted together from the factory turn on the 1000 terminal Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 4 1 5 LED Indications Table 5 7 BRT 4 U ETU LED Indications LED Description On Flashing Off LED1 ETU status Operation stopped Normal Power Power On Operation LED2 L1 status BRI CKT1 L1 working Not Used L1 idle LED3 L1 status BRI CKT2 L1 working No
18. E vi Table of Contents Electra Elite Issue 7 4 5 2 DL TT TT TT D T E 4 5 3 Switeh Settings lir A 4 5 4 LED a 4 5 5 Connectors Rud ME T 5 35 4 5 6 TE 5 35 4 5 7 EIU Feat re CI er ates eset 5 35 5 TET 5 36 4 6 1 Description THOU 5 36 4 6 2 irs rir WT NOEL 4 6 3 SWEN DORMS Mr 4 6 4 cog feet 4 6 5 glo co UMP O 4 6 6 sigo Fe e A IDEAE 5 39 4 7 1 4 7 2 RIT 4 7 3 LED Indications iod dS D 40 4 7 4 Connectors AB dcus iecur ee ZA EDI 5 41 4 8 1 Description pM MCA E 5 41 4 8 2 5 42 4 8 3 Settings NE niaii 5 42 4 8 4 LED Indications ASS Alann ondlllODE oo 4 8 0 Connectors 2e D 44 4 8 7 Connections ibid UR nee 9 44 System Hardware Manual vii Issue 7 Electra Elite A89 eae ag states ais ans octo eei epp 5 45 4 9 1 beg rio Mes RE 492 NOS 4 9 3 LEC IC MONS cases ere eee ou 4 9 4 IPT
19. Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines 1 Unplug the telephone line cord from the host telephone and connect it to the LINE IN jack 2 Using the telephone line cord supplied with the D Cordless or Cordless Terminal connect the LINE OUT jack to the host telephone jack Issue 7 Electra Elite 10 3 Applying Power to the Base Unit 1 Plug the AC Adapter cord into the AC Adapter input jack on the Base Unit rz Use only the AC Adapter supplied with the ptem Cordless or Cordless Il Terminal 2 Plug the AC Adapter into a standard 120 Vac wall outlet 3 Route the power cord where it does not create a trip hazard or where it could become chafed and create a fire or other electrical hazards te AC Adapter furnished with this phone should be equipped with a polarized line plug a plug having one blade wider than the other This plug fits into the power outlet only one way When you cannot insert the plug fully into the outlet reverse the plug When the plug still does not fit contact your facilities coordinator about replacing the obsolete plug Do not alter the shape of the blades of the polarized plug D Figure 6 26 Connecting the Base Unit Line IN from Telephone Jack 6 22 Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Electra Elite SECTION 11 INSTALLING Dierm amp HANDSET C
20. 3 6 Cis css T o 4 5 MBD U10 Unit Default Switch Settings Luise asit st etta 5 8 MBO UTO Unit LED atest ican 5 9 MIFA U Default Switch Settings 5 12 la P LED Tm 5 12 MIEM LE Default Switch Settings 5 15 5 15 BRT 4 U LED Indications 5 19 XXXV Issue 7 Electra Elite Table 5 8 COI 4 8 U Default Switch Settings 5 22 Table 5 9 RL ETU LED Ingles fll aac wicca Sedi deese ib M tage ntn 5 22 Table 5 10 COIB 4 U Default Switch Settings 5 25 Table 5 11 ETU LED CIC AMIN Table 5 12 COIB 4 U20 ETU Default Switch Jumper Settings 5 29 Table 5 13 COIB 4 U20 ETU LED Indications Table 5 14 COIB 8 U ETU Default Switch Jumper Settings 5 34 Table 5 15 COIB 8 U ETU LED Indications ccc eee i ee 5 34 Table 5 16 COID 4 8 U ETU LED Indications uses nor rentre ceca DOT Table 5 17 ETU LED saccra 5 40 Table 5 18 DTI U ETU Default Switch Settings annie D42 Table 5 19 DTI U ETU LED Indications I Table 5 20 VOF OPONSE TD Table 5 21 PRT 1 U ETU SW1 Settings
21. Check to see if ringing problem is intermittent No Intermittent Problem Check to see if SLT is call forwarded Yes Yes Cancel call Call Forward Forwarding Check SLI 4 8 U ETU for ring voltage output with AC Pass Fail Check BLF indication for station Replace SLI 4 8 U ETU Busy Terminate SLT on MDF BLF Indication 1 Reset replace SLI 4 8 U ETU and test 2 Perform Second Initialization and test then perform First Initialization and test 3 Replace B48 U10 KSU and test using default program Idle Busy Check or replace station cable BLF Indication Check MDF connection 10 18 System Maintenance Electra Elite Issue 7 ES No Dial Access to Features on SLT Check to see if SLT can access internal or CO dial tone Access dial tone Go to Flowchart E1 Check Memory Block 4 17 for feature assignment No Good Program C O S to allow feature and test Feature allowed Check Memory BLocks 1 1 46 1 1 47 and 1 1 48 for access assignment Recheck feature access with correct Access Code Access Code Yes Recheck SLT features operation selection to verify procedure for feature System Hardware Manual 10 19 Issue 7 Electra Elite F1 Low Volume Probl
22. LED Indications LED Description On Flashing Off LIVE ETU status Receiving Not Used No Power Power CH1 Port Status Busy Not Used Idle Not Used CH2 Port Status Busy Not Used Idle Not Used CH3 Port Status Busy Not Used Idle Not Used CH4 Port Status Not Used Idle Not Used CH5 Port Status Not Used Idle Not Used CH6 Port Status Not Used Idle Not Used CH7 Port Status Not Used Idle Not Used CH8 Port Status Busy Not Used Idle Not Used MB MB Switch Status Not Used OFF BIOS DOS Status BIOS Error Not Used No error BCLR Application Status Red DOS Not Used Idle started VM Not Ready Green VM Running Orange Error t lf BCLR LED is orange check error type on console screen After error is corrected LED automatically changes to green Do Not connect link between console and ETU until BCLH turns green during booting Flash Status Not Used Compact Flash Flash Disk Inactive Active rz Do notreset the ETU while the HD LED is flashing System Hardware Manual 5 97 Issue 7 Electra Elite Refer to Refer to Table 5 46 FMS U30 ETU LED Indications Table 5 46 FMS U30 ETU LED Indications LED Name Description LED 1 APP1 Indicates status of voice mail application software Green Application running without errors Amber Application running with errors Red X Application not running LED 2 APP2 Not Used LED 3 Drive
23. Off All Relays Idle Connectors Refer to Table 5 58 Connector Descriptions CN2 and Figure 5 63 ECR U ETU Connects to the Backboard Relay Contacts for Relays 11 and 12 Both way Audio Connection External Paging Audio output for Tone Ringer and Night Chime Table 5 58 Connector Descriptions CN2 Pin Number Description 13 16 Not Used 12 11 Relay 1 General Purpose 10 9 Relay 0 General Purpose 5 8 Not Used 4 Zone Paging Audio Input 3 2 External Paging BGM input Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 Refer to Table 4 1 MDF Cable Connections for all other ECR U cable connections d TP2 TEST a JP10 TP3 GND NE T2 BUSY lt 0 _e LED1 LI 1 12 _ _ RL203 RL407 JRL204 LJ 5 RL408 resto JP1C 1509 o C JP2 TP4 45V Figure 5 63 ECR U ETU 7 4 5 Specifications Relays All relays are rated 24 Vdc at 500 mA External Tone Output Power 10 dBm Ringer Night Chime Output Impedance 6000 External Paging Output power 10 dBm Output Impedance 6000 System Hardware Manual 5 121 Issue 7 Electra Elite 7 5 HUB 8 U ETU 7 5 1 Description The HUB 8 U ETU is an optional Ethernet interface for the Electra Elite KSU that supports eight Ethernet ports Each port has two LE
24. On Lamp Off dich cad eai ner eH Rr e e TEENS Die ee Iden Dre doc usine Duce Time 0 2s Flash cycle is 0 1 seconds Not Supported O Off Time 0 2s Flash cycle is 0 2 seconds Remaining indications depend on the number of PS connections 1 PS connection Lamp Off esa ee D EPUEDEIEUIUM UM EUR Time 0 2s On pee E 01 D 3 PS Connections ZT is busy direc erc d i Off Time 0 2s 5 114 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 7 2 5 Connectors The BSU 2 U ETU has the following connectors CN1 Connects to the backboard 2 For future use 7 2 6 ZT Il Connections f ien RJ 45 ZT Il HN RJ 45 7T 1 ZT EE L 4 E m m He System Hardware Manual Figure 5 60 BSU 2 U ETU Connections 5 115 Issue 7 5 116 7 3 Electra Elite CCH 4 U ETU 7 3 1 Description The Common Channel Handler is an optional Interface ETU that provides a common channel signal through the DTI U30 ETU to a K CCIS network and controls the signaling between the KTS and the CPU Each CCH ETU supports four K CCIS links Only one CCH 4 U ETU can be installed in each system Figure 5 61 CCH 4 U10 ETU 7 3 2 Installation The CCH 4 U ETU can
25. COT Bc H 8 25 Figure 8 35 Installing WM R Unit on the Wall then tna nr 8 26 Figure 8 36 Installing Telephone on WM R Unit 5 8 27 Figure 8 37 Raising the Base Plate Figure 8 38 Removing the DTH DTR Base Plate 8 29 Figure 8 39 Modifying Base COVET Mmm Figure 8 40 EIL TN MEN E 8 31 Figure 8 41 AC R Unit Connection to Adapter 8 32 Figure 8 42 ADAIR UNIT Leisten 8 33 Figure 8 43 Connecting DTH DTR to Recorder arant 8 33 Figure 8 44 AD A R Switch With Default Settings cceeeecceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 35 Figure 8 45 ADU Connection for Recording Only 8 35 Figure 8 46 DSW Switch Settings for Sending Voice Calls to Terminal 8 36 Figure 8 47 Connections for Sending Calls to The Terminal 0 96 Figure 8 48 s instit Figure 8 49 Core Cable Installation DNO RED Figure 8 50 Cable Access POV bo KU o v RU MT 8 37 Figure 8 51 Attaching the AD A R Unit to the Multiline Terminal 8 38 Figure 8 52 AP AVAP R R Unit and Switches 8 41 xxxii List of Figures E
26. DE HPLC Oe mos POUR TR rd pea 5 3 1 Description TP E RETENIR ieu og 5 32 Switch Settings TENE 5 3 3 cll DE RE 5 3 4 LED Indications m H Q EN 545 COnne glo S ooo iridis OS See A HE oos PERI req 5 65 5 4 1 Description isa 5 65 5 4 2 Installation pu 5 66 5 4 3 LED Indications Eu us TU UR T 5 66 5 4 4 CONDECION NE UT 5 66 5 4 5 Connections MuR D ie 5 66 Es TETU 5 5 1 Description Vinc TERN 5 67 5 52 Installation RM 5 68 5 5 3 LED IndicalonS 5 68 5 5 4 fe OT ERES System Hardware Manual ix Issue 7 Electra Elite 555 OO 5 6 VYDRA PUT 2 ETU eieiei ERR 5 6 1 sacose 5 69 DEN 3T 9 CHG 5 70 5 6 4 Installing the VDH2 8 U Term PUN px i 5 6 5 Switch Settings and Jumpers Tem IU 5 6 6 LED Indications mee 2 74 GEB cossimssirpauise eens D Section 6 Voice Mail ETUS
27. DTMF 4 wire E amp M Tie Lines Type or V Dial Pulse or DTMF Digital Trunk FT1 Loop Start Ground Start Tie Line E amp M or DID Signaling ISDN BRI Trunks ISDN PRI Trunks VoIP Trunks Internet Protocol Refer to Table 1 FIC REN SOC and Jack Types for Electra Elite System ETU in the Regulatory Information section in this manual for a detailed list of Facility Interface Codes Ringer Equivalence Numbers Service Order Codes and Jack Types Transmission Network and Control Specifications 4 4 1 Transmission Data Length From Multiline Terminal to ESI 8 U ETU 23 bits From ESI 8 U ETU to Multiline Terminal 23 bits Data Transmission Rates Between ESI 8 U ETU and Multiline Terminal 184K bps voice and signaling Scanning Time for each Multiline Terminal 32 ms Issue 7 2 12 4 4 2 4 4 3 44 4 Electra Elite Network Time Division Multiplexing allows transmission of separate data voice and or video simultaneously over one communications medium The Electra Elite 48 system specifications used for switching clock data bus and timeframe are shown below Switching Law Clock 2 048 MHz Data Bus 8 bit Timeframe 125 us Control This section lists the speed or capacity Control Stored program with distributed processing Central Processor 32 bit microprocessor Clock 16 384 MHz
28. 8 26 Section 12 Installing DTH DTR Optional Equipment 8 27 Section 13 Preparing DTH DTR Multiline Terminal for Adapter Installation 8 28 Section 14 Installation Procedures 8 31 141 AC B Unit AC AUSDIBI 8 31 14 1 1 Connecting the AC R 8 31 14 2 AD A R Unit Ancillary Device Adapter 8 33 14 2 4 Switch Settings and Wiring 8 34 14 2 2 Installing Core and Shielded Cable 8 36 14 2 3 Installing the AD A R Unit on a DTH DTR Multiline Terminal BEENNTUUR T soe 14 24 AD A R Connections and Specifications 8 38 System Hardware Manual xix Issue 7 Electra Elite 143 AP AVAPID R Unit Port Adapter oerte 8 41 14 3 1 Installing AP A R or AP R R Unit on any DTH DTR Multiline Terminal except DTR 2DT 1 8 42 14 4 CT A R Unit Computer Telephony Adapter 8 44 14 4 1 Typical Connection using an ESI ESIC 8 44 14 4 2 Typical Connection using VDH 8 45 14 4 8 Installing the CT A R Unit 8 45 14 4 4 Installing the Driver on the PC eere 8 48 14 5 Removing or Installing BS E R Key Unit
29. CN1 Connection 5 66 Figure 5 40 SLEJ f ETU c 5 67 Figure 5 41 SLI 4 8 U ETU Connections eese 5 68 Figure 5 42 VDH2 8 U ETU JUImpels ius repr tede therein gd entree 5 71 Figure 5 43 10Base T Cable Connections Fe 5 71 Figure 5 44 ETU der bapepEnbcdo tandis rhet pans aee aa 5 72 Figure 5 45 VEC ETU GODDE DIES MPEPRPnMPE 5 72 Figure 5 46 VORGA y LED 5 74 Figure 5 47 Gable Connechon CompaATISON 5 76 Figure 5 48 CMS Z PAU ETU arsenu iiaa 5 78 Figure 5 49 DIIS HUND MN N E 5 79 Figure 5 50 GTI System Board aunke EEUU RSEN 5 85 System Hardware Manual XXV Issue 7 Figure 5 51 CTI Daughier Board 2 Figure 5 52 EliteMail CTI Port Expansion Board uuu ain iste sale siia Gets Su abt 5 89 Figure 5 53 xo cr icit TETU eT 5 92 Figure 5 54 TETU re 5 93 Figure 5 55 PETS TOERUT OR PROTON anon rer NUN 5 94 Figure 5 56 VMSZ AAPG JETU 5 101 Figure 5 57 TRUE ETU tM anon at nicer DIM Mix depuis 5 102 Figure 5 58 AOD BUC TETU renee te ee ines ar eo en
30. DDO Table 5 22 PRT 1 U ETU LED Indications rrr erba tak eurn itte 5 51 Table 5 23 TLI 2 U Default Switch Settings 5 55 Table 5 24 TLI 2 U LED Indications sseesseeeeeeeenneeer nnn 5 55 Table 5 25 CNF 8 U Reset Switch 5 58 Table 5 26 CNF 8 U Maximum Conference Time Switch 5 58 Table 5 27 CNF 8 U ETU Party Size Switch 5 58 Table 5 28 8 ETU LED Indications usare peibe tQ HIR EIS EPRER KERE I EE tE P RP D Oo Table 5 29 DPH 4 U Default Jumper Settings 5 61 Table 5 30 VDH2 8 U ETU Specifications 9799 Table 5 31 VDH2 8 U Default Switch Settings idein 97 Table 5 32 Jumper 5 RU POP Flo Ru IRE Table 5 33 VDH2 8 U LED Indications xxxvi List of Tables Electra Elite Issue 7 Table 5 34 Gonfiguration Support TSBI Table 5 35 CMS 2 4 U DIP Switch Functions e e ern dtu iibi 5 80 Table 5 36 ETU LED ausus ada Mea aso Lidia tna Ree td aliae 5 81 Table 5 37 dur ci Ne m 5 82 Table 5 38 Coniguration SUPOT access
31. This ETU is a digital voice mail system that supports a maximum of four ports Each system can have one CTI VP CMS FMS VMS or IVR ETU The Multiline Conference Bridge feature allows any intercom user or any outside party calling a port of the CNF 8 U to join make a multiparty conference call This ETU supports one 8 party conference or two 4 party conferences regulated by a switch setting This ETU is installed in slots S2 S7 in the B48 U10 KSU The system recognizes this ETU as SLI 8 U ETU This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system 1 ETU per system 2 ETUS 16 Conference Ports 1 10 Introduction Electra Elite Issue 7 Equipment Name Description KSU Maximum Quantities CTIA P 4 8 12 16 U ETU This ETU is a 4 8 12 or 16 port Digital Voice Mail system with ports that can support TeLANophy inbound outbound faxing and Hospitality HVM applications It can be installed in one of the S2 S7 interface slots Slot S7 is recommended This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system Each system can have one CTI VP CMS FMS VMS or IVR ETU 1 ETU DPH 4 U ETU ESI 8 U ETU The Doorphone interface ETU allows four DP D 1A Doorphones to be connected Two simultaneous calls are allowed and four Door Lock Release relays are provided This is installed in slots S3 S6 in the B48 U10 KSU The Electroni
32. 1 COM port for console programming connection J12 Port expansion connector for DSP U30 System Hardware Manual 5 107 Issue 7 Electra Elite SECTION 7 OPTIONAL ETUS This section describes optional Electronic Telephone Units that provide additional functions for an Electra Elite 48 system 7 1 ACD 8 U ETU 7 1 1 Description The ACD 8 U ETU interfaces the Elite ACD Plus Server to the Electra Elite KSU Elite ACD Plus provides Windows based software programs to enhance the ACD features of the Electra Elite Key Telephone System Lond a COMPACTFLASH Figure 5 58 ACD 8 U ETU 7 1 2 Installation Only one ACD 8 U can be installed in slots S2 S7 Slot S6 is recommended 5 108 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 7 1 3 LED Indications Table 5 52 ACD 8 U LED Indications um on rem o _ CH2 Port status Not Used Idle Not used CH3 Port status Not Used Idle Not used CH4 Port status Not Used Idle Not used Port status Not Used Idle Not used CH5 CH8 Port status Busy Not Used Idle Not used MB Switch status ON Not Used OFF BIOS Error status BIOS Error Not Used No error Application status Red DOS started Not Used Idle ACD not ready Green ACD running t If BCLR LED is orange check error type on console screen After error is corrected LED automatically changes to green Do Not connect link between console
33. COLine COI COID Line CO Line with Caller ID ZTII for Wireless K CCIS ISDN Basic ISDN Primary S3000 DID E amp M Tie Lines 4 wire T1 Line COM Port COM Port m Conference Bridge Voice Mail m Elite ACD Plus Server Announcement A A DTMF Senders Receivers Optional Ethernet Interface VoIP Station Trunk VoIP Trunk LAN 10 Base T 2 System Specifications Electra Elite Issue 7 SECTION 3 MAXIMUM SYSTEM System capacities are shown in Table 2 2 Maximum System Capacities CAPACITIES Table 2 2 Maximum System Capacities Item B48 U10 KSU Item B48 U10 KSU ACD 8 U ETU ADA U Unit AD A R Unit ptem Handset Cordless FMS 2 4 8 U ETU HFU U Unit MURUS AR Unit AP A R AP R R Unit 32 32 32 1 1 2 CCH 4 U ETU CLKG U Unit CNF 8 U ETU COI 4 8 U ETU ETU 4 2 COIB 4 U ETU 4 for COI Mode MIFA U Unit 1 2 for COID S7 4 for COID S8 8 U 2 for COI Mode MIFM U Unit 2 for COID Mode COID 4 8 U ETU 2 S7000 OPX 2 ETU 4 2 8000 CT A R CTA U Unit PBR U ETU CTI VP 4 8 12 16 PCT C U Unit U ETU CTU C U Unit P CT S DBM B U Box RT 1 Unit LI 4 LI 8 LI 2 UB 8 IAD 8 U ETU U ETU P DBM E U Box S ETU pterm PSII S ETU DTI U ETU 1 7000 T 4 ECR U ETU 1 VDD U Unit ESI 8 U E
34. The COI 8 U provides identical circuits to serve up to eight CO trunks that can be any combination of Loop Start or Ground Start with DTMF signaling The COI 4 U is for Loop Start trunks with DTMF signaling only ETU Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements Refer to Figure 5 13 COI 8 U ETU Figure 5 13 COI 8 U ETU Issue 7 4 2 2 4 2 3 Electra Elite Installation A maximum of four two COl 4 8 U ETUs can be installed in the system limited by 16 trunks The COl 4 U can be installed in slots S3 S7 The COI 8 U can be installed in slots S3 S6 Switch Settings Refer to Table 5 8 COI 4 8 U Default Switch Settings Table 5 8 COI 4 8 U Default Switch Settings Description Set according to the Switches between Loop Start LP line type or Ground Start GS Trunks on Default Setting LP Lines 1 8 of COI 8 U ETU N A Resets the COI ETU Loop Start Only Loop Start for lines 1 4 of COl 4 U ETU 4 2 4 LED Indications Table 5 9 COI 4 8 U LED Indications LED Description On Flashing Off LIVE ETU status Operation Normal No Power stopped Operation Power On LED 1 Line 1 status Busy Not Used Idle COl 4 COI 8 LED 2 Line 2 status Busy Not Used Idle COl 4 COI 8 LED 3 Line 3 status Busy Not
35. 4 Plug the CN 1 connector on the adapter unit in the CN 4 jack on the main board Refer to Figure 9 4 Unit Installation Figure 9 4 Unit Installation 9 4 Installing Electra Professional Equipment Electra Elite SECTION 5 CONNECTING AN ATTENDANT CONSOLE TO A MULTILINE TERMINAL System Hardware Manual Issue 7 5 Install the ADA component side down in the multiline terminal using the provided screw 6 Connect external device e g fax modem or answering machine using the information provided in 7 When installing ADA 2 W Unit plug the AC DC adapter in the jack on the side of the unit 8 Test multiline terminal operation and then test external device operation An Attendant Console can be attached to a Multiline Terminal using the following procedures Turn the Multiline Terminal and the Attendant Console face down Using the joining plate provided with the Attendant Console attach the plate to the Multiline Terminal and the Attendant Console Attendant Console Multiline Terminal Figure 9 5 Connecting an Attendant Console to a Multiline Terminal Issue 7 Electra Elite THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Installing Electra Professional Equipment System Maintenance CHAPTER 10 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION SECTION 2 OPERATIONAL CURRENT AND VOLTAGE CHECKS System Hardware Manual This chapter can be used by the technician to troubleshoot and diagnose problems during and a
36. ETU LED 1 IO CH1 LIVE RESET Figure 5 15 COIB 4 U ETU Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite 4 3 2 4 3 3 Issue 7 Installation In COI mode a maximum of four COIB 4 U ETUs can be installed in slots S3 S6 in the system limited by 16 trunks When used for Caller ID trunks in COID mode it must be installed in slot S3 or S4 S7000 or lower For S8000 or higher in COID mode the COIB 4 U can be installed in slots S3 S6 Switch Settings Refer to Table 5 10 COIB 4 U ETU Default Switch Settings Table 5 10 COIB 4 U Default Switch Settings 51 Reset Switch Setting Description Set for line type Switches between Loop Start LP 21909400 Default Setting LP or Ground Start GS Trunks Open for COI Selects the COIB 4 U ETU Shorted default for function for or COID mode COID N A Resets the COIB 4 U ETU 4 3 4 LED Indications Table 5 11 COIB 4 U ETU LED Indications ten Description On Fishing Of Operation Normal No Power stopped Operation Power On LED 1 CH1 Channel 1 status Not Used LED 2 CH2 Channel 2 status Not Used LED 3 CH3 Channel 3 status Not Used LED 4 CH4 Channel 4 status Not Used t Switch SW400 must be set to Loop Start for FAX CO function to work System Hardware Manual Issue 7 4 3 5 4 3 6 Elect
37. ETU can be installed in slots S1 S8 The system is limited by 32 stations This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system 5 137 Issue 7 5 138 Electra Elite 7 9 3 Switch Settings 51 Reset Switch S2 Eight position DIP switch Refer to Table 5 67 MG 8 U ETU S2 Switch Settings Table 5 67 MG 8 U ETU S2 Switch Settings S2 Description Default 1 2 ETU Type Selection Refer to Table 5 68 ETU Common Settings for the IAD platform 3 4 Four eight channel Assignment On 8 channel Off 4 On channel 5 On to Enable 1st Power On On 6 Default IP Address Setting On Off Off t When MG 8 U10 is booted with Switch 6 On the following defaults are set MGIP Address Assignment 192 168 0 2 MG Subnet Mask Assignment 255 255 255 0 Router Address Assignment 0 0 0 0 DHCP Client Assignment Disable 7 On to output Log data for system communications Off Used for troubleshooting 8 On to output Log data for MEGACO Off Used for troubleshooting Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 Table 5 68 ETU Common Settings for the IAD platform ETU Type Switch 1 Switch 2 Switch 3 col On On On COID On On Off DID On Off On TLI On Off Off DTI Off On On MG Off On Off ESI Off Off On Not Used Off Off Off 7 9 4 LED Indications 7 9 4 1 Normal State Refer to Table 5 69 Normal State LEDs Table 5 69 Normal
38. Electra Elite Issue 7 LEDS FED DSP G Figure 5 49 CMS U30 ETU 6 1 2 Installation Only one CMS 2 4 U ETU or CMS U30 ETU can be installed in slots S1 S8 Each system can have one CTI VP CMS FMS VMS or IVR ETU switch setting changes before inserting it in the When installing this ETU make all ETU DIP KSU Ensure that KSU is off System Hardware Manual 5 79 Issue 7 Electra Elite 6 1 3 Switch Settings For Revision Q00431 v 6 68 or higher refer to Table 5 35 CMS 2 4 U ETU DIP Switch Functions Table 5 35 CMS 2 4 U DIP Switch Functions DIP DIP DIP DIP 1 2 3 4 Description ON To enable HostKey and run Manufacturing Test NEC Production only ON ON To enable HostKey with floppy disk redirection and run Manufacturing Test NEC Production only ON To connect to CoSession using modem instead of direct cable connection ON To start BRU Host with direct cable connection ON ON To start BRU Host with modem connection ON ON To connect to CoSession using direct cable connection but not start voice mail software Troubleshooting or Maintenance Mode te Used for Revision Q00431 v 6 68 or higher 5 80 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 7 6 1 4 LED Indications Refer to Table 5 36 CMS 2 4 U LED Indi
39. Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite Issue 7 4 Lightly press right side of leg shown as B in Figure 7 3 Releasing Right Tab insert flat head screwdriver at C and press straight down until other tab unlocks zu Flat Headed Screwdriver 2 Figure 7 3 Releasing Right Tab 5 Open and remove bottom cover by rotating counterclockwise as shown in Figure 7 4 Removing Bottom Cover Figure 7 4 Removing Bottom Cover System Hardware Manual 7 3 Issue 7 Electra Elite 6 When an adapter is being installed press tabs A and B to remove the dummy end from the base plate as shown in Figure 7 5 Removing Base Plate Dummy End Base Plate Dummy End Rubber Foot Figure 7 5 Removing Base Plate Dummy End 7 Cut the dummy end in half as shown in Figure 7 6 Cutting Dummy End in Half Dummy End A Figure 7 6 Cutting Dummy End in Half 8 When an Adapter is installed in connector 1 as shown in Figure 7 7 Installing Adapter in Connector 1 install dummy end B as shown in Figure 7 8 Installing Dummy End B 7 4 Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite Issue 7 Figure 7 7 Installing Adapter in Connector 1 Dummy End B Figure 7 8 Installing Dummy End B 9 When an Adapter is installed in connector 2 install dummy end A in the other slot System Hardware Manual 7 5 Issue 7 SECTION 3 INSTALLATION 3 1 PROCEDURES Electra Elite ACA U Unit AC Adapter This unit provides powe
40. Trunk Status COID LED DID LED Not Installed or Idle Incoming Off On Busy On On Live Flashes red when ETU is receiving power from the KSU 5 46 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 Ethernet Status Two built in LEDs one green and one yellow on the RJ 45 indicate Ethernet connection status The yellow LED is On when the Ethernet link is up The green LED flashes to indicate activity Status This 2 color red and green LED shows status of all Gateway trunks The location of a detected error is indicated by the following table Trunk Status LED Condition Start DSP download DSP Driver DSP download OK Red and Green DSP Download Successful Green Application Load Application Start 4 9 4 IPT 4 U to IPT 8 U ETU Conversion The IPE 4 U Unit is attached to the IPT 4 U ETU to convert it to the IPT 8 U ETU This unit comes with two attached standoffs with an extra screw in the bottom 1 Remove the screw from the bottom of each standoff 2 Line up the IPE 4 U Unit standoffs with Holes 1 and 2 and connector J1 with IPT 4 ETU connector J5 and press down until the IPE 4 U Unit is firmly attached to the IPT 4 U ETU 3 Install the two previously removed screws through holes 1 and 2 to Connect the standoffs to the IPT 4 U ETU 4 9 5 Connectors The IPT 4 8 U ETU has two connectors Connects
41. 3 6 2 3 6 3 Description This optional modem mounts on the MIFM U ETU and does not require analog port connection The MIFM U ETU must be installed in KSU Slot S2 Installation The Modem Kit Unit pins and the pins of the CN4 and CN5 socket are labeled Align the Modem Kit Unit pins before installing the unit Installing it backward could damage the Modem Kit Unit Specifications ITU T V 34 Maximum speed 28 8 Kbps Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite SECTION 4 TRUNK ETUS System Hardware Manual Issue 7 The Electronic Telephone Unit described in this section provides a link between equipment in the Electra Elite 48 system and outside equipment All ETUs are installed in the interface slots of the KSU 41 BRT 4 U ETU 4 1 1 Description The Basic Rate Trunk BRT Interface ETU terminates ISDN Basic Rate Trunk lines and supports four ISDN BRI circuits Each trunk supports two B channels These eight B channels can be used for CO trunks with DTMF signaling Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements This ETU uses an S T type interface A locally provided Network Termination unit NT1 is required to connect to a CO Caller ID is supported One BRT ETU provides a maximum of four ISDN circuits that provide eight B channels to be used as trunks LED11 LED10 TT LED9 LED8 LED7 Ll LED6 1 LEDS FT LED4 LI LED3 ILI LED2 LED1
42. A maximum of 24 DTR 1HM 1 TELs can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system Figure 8 8 DTR 1HM 1 TEL Single Line Telephone te H switch setting for the receive volume control should only be used by hearing impaired individuals otherwise hearing damage may occur This telephone complies with HAC Hearing Aid Compatible volume control defined by section 68 317 of the FCC Rules and Regulations 1996 edition Installing Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Equipment Electra Elite Issue 7 SECTION 4 CoNNECTING DTH To connect a DTH DTR Multiline Terminal Multiline to the system DTR TO THE SYSTEM proceed as follows 1 Plug the telephone cord in the modular jack on the bottom side of the Multiline Terminal The handset is also attached to the bottom side of the Multiline Terminal Figure 8 9 Connecting a DTH DTR Terminal to the System 2 Attach the telephone cord through the groove shown on Figure 8 10 Leading Line Cord on a DTH DTR Terminal Figure 8 10 Leading Line Cord on a DTH DTR Terminal System Hardware Manual 8 9 Issue 7 SECTION 5 CoNNECTING DCR ATTENDANT CONSOLE TO A MULTILINE TERMINAL Electra Elite An Attendant Console can be attached to a Multiline Terminal using the following procedures 1 Turn the Multiline Terminal and the Attendant Console face down Using the joining plate provided with the Attendant Console attach the plate to the Multiline Terminal and the Attendant Co
43. Attaching the SLT 1 U ADP fo the Wall uere catene 7 37 LIRE LUE UNIE cek m 7 38 Connecting the Cables on the YDD U Unit uuu aodio eee ccs 7 39 Positioning the Handset Hanget tK e pH pieni di qe ht nn 7 40 Removing the KNOCKOUT uii Gi cibi bain c pia iul GR ena 7 40 Attaching the Base Plate to the Wall ce cad nantes raihi uda 7 41 Wall Mounting Using a Modular Jack 24 Plugging in the Line Cord Using a Wall Jack 7 42 Plugging in the Line Cord Using a Modular Jack 7 42 Attaching the Bottom Tabs of the Multiline Terminal to Me Base LIVEN Attaching the Top Tabs of the Base to the Base Cover 7 43 cn re eee Rn Mal iati oto 7 44 Removing the Tabs from the Adapter 7 45 Removing the Tabs from the WMU U Unit 7 45 Leading the Line Cord Out of the WMU U Unit ssssss 7 46 Attaching the Wall Mount Unit to the Wall iui a tecti eitis 7 46 Attaching the Multiline Terminal to the WMU U Unit 7 47 Removing the Multiline Terminal from the Base Cover 7 48 Music Source Connections
44. ETU after it has been installed initialized and is ready to process calls Table 5 66 IVR 8 U ETU Ready LED Indications LED Description Status LED 1 AP1 Application Software LED 4 CF PWR Power to the ETU Solid Red LED 5 ICGA Live LED Blinking Red LED 7 SHUT DOWN Initialized application Solid Green Running without errors Solid Green LED 8 Power Receiving KSU power Solid Red 7 8 5 Jumper Settings m ojo See O IVR 8 U ETU Integration default J7 Setting 1 2 Not Used Hard Drive is master drive default System Hardware Manual 5 135 Issue 7 5 136 7 8 6 Electra Elite Connectors The IVR 8 U ETU has the following connectors J2 Connects to the backplane J8 Connects to Hard Disk memory J9 RJ45 LAN connector used for network connection J11 9 pin RS232 local serial connector used for direct connection J12 Port expansion connector used for DSP U30 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite 7 9 System Hardware Manual Issue 7 MG 8 U ETU 7 9 1 Description The MG 8 U ETU is an eight path gateway ETU between the IPCA U10 and the MBD U10 J5 Ethernet Port 2 J6 Ethernet Port 1 D12LIVE LED 2 01 CH8 LED 12345678 ON T 1 e gt nd 2 D EE J1 S1 kh Serial Test Port Reset 3 ee 13 2 Figure 5 68 MG 8 U ETU 7 9 2 Installation Only one MG 8 U
45. Equipment Name Description Quantities Key Service Units Power Supply Units and Adapters The Basic Key Service Unit KSU for the Electra Elite System provides service for outside lines Attendant Consoles and interconnection of the station terminals The basic KSU provides 48 ports The B48 U10 KSU provides seven slots Slot 1 is an ESI card that B48 U10 KSU is built in on the MBD U10 Unit Slot S2 is the ISA slot Slots 1 per system 53 56 are interface slots with MDF connections Slots S2 and S7 have no MDF connections and may be used for ETUs that do not require MDF connections e g MIFM PBR VRS or VMS The P64 U10 PSU power supply unit backup batteries one PFT connection and one external zone paging connection are included with each KSU P64 U10 PSU The Power Supply Unit is included with the B48 U10 KSU 1 per system Common Electronic Telephone Units The Clock Unit provides synchronization for FT1 ISDN Basic Rate CLKG U Unit and ISDN Primary Rate connections The unit is mounted on the MBD U10 Unit in the B48 U10 KSU and supports the DTI U BRT 4 U PRT 1 U and BSU 2 U ETUs This unit is installed on the MIFM U ETU and adds LCR and 1 per Caller ID scrolling and dialing features MIFM U ETU 1 per system with FT1 ISDN BRI ISDN PRI or Wireless connections KMM 1 0 U 1 4 Introduction Electra Elite Issue 7 Equipment Name Description KSU Maximum Quanti
46. Figure 7 21 Leading the Telephone Cord out from the Unit System Hardware Manual Issue 7 Electra Elite 4 Close the base plate lead the AC adapter cord out through the hole and snap the cover in place Figure 7 22 Closing the Base Plate Cover 5 Install a ferrite core provided with the APR U Unit by looping line cord through the core between the terminal 1 inch from the terminal and ESI 8 U10 ETU This core is only used with the APR U Unit 6 Plug in the power cord on the AC adapter and the telephone cord in the jack 3 4 2 Switch Settings The APR U Unit has two switches SW SW3 Figure 7 23 APR U Unit Switches Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite Issue 7 Refer to Table 7 4 APR U Unit Switch Settings for SW1 and SW3 Table 7 4 APR U Unit Switch Settings for SW1 and SW3 Switch Description SW1 1 Do not use A Single Line Telephone and Multiline Terminal are used alternately The Multiline Terminal and the APR U Unit share the same B1 channel Sets impedance to 6000 for devices such as modems or facsimile machines Used for complex impedance devices such as Single Line Telephones 3 4 3 Connecting Cables on the APR U Unit Plug the telephone cord from the Single Line Telephone into the modular jack on the APR U Unit Limit the cable length from the APR U Unit to the Single Line Telephone to a maximum of 50 feet Figure 7 24 Connecting Cables on the APR U Un
47. Installing Electronic Telephone Units Chapter 5 contains instructions for installing the ETUs in the KSU Chapter 6 Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Chapter 6 describes each available terminal that can be used with the Electra Elite 48 system and provides installation instructions Chapter 7 Installing Optional Equipment Chapter 7 contains installation instructions for optional equipment that can be added to the system as customer business grows Chapter 8 Installing 2 Series i Equipment Chapter 8 describes each DTR terminal the DCR console and each adapter that is available to allow peripheral equipment to be attached to Multiline Terminals Installation instructions are provided where necessary Chapter 9 Installing Electra Professional Telephones Chapter 9 contains instructions for installing Electra Professional terminals on the Electra Elite 48 system Chapter 10 System Maintenance Chapter 10 is a guide to help the technician troubleshoot and diagnose problems during and after system installation Other manuals in the set are described below Electra Elite 48 192 Features and Specifications Manual This manual describes each available feature for the system Electra Elite 48 General Description Manual This manual contains general information about the system features configuration and standards This overview of the Electra Elite 48 system is useful when presenting information to pot
48. Interface ETU 8 bit or 16 bit microprocessor Optional ETUs 16 bit or 32 bit microprocessor Multiline Terminal 8 bit microprocessor Attendant Console 4 bit microprocessor Adapter 4 bit microprocessor Electra Elite Terminals and Equipment The voltage current ring signal information for the Elite Multiline Terminals Single Line Telephone equipment and APA U APR U Unit are listed below Multiline Terminal Voltage 11 26 Vdc Maximum Current 250 mA ts Acoustical characteristics meet Electronic Industry Association EIA standard proposal SP 1286 and standard EIA RS 470 Single Line Telephone Standard 2500 Set 500 type network Nominal Current 35 mA Ring Signal 56 Vac RMS 20 Hz System Specifications Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 4 4 5 SLT 1 U ADP Standard 2500 Set Nominal Current Ring Signal APA U Unit Standard 2500 Set Nominal Current APR U Unit Standard 2500 Set Nominal Current Ring Signal Issue 7 500 type network 30 mA 56 Vac RMS 20 Hz 500 type network 30 mA 500 type network 30 mA 56 Vac RMS 20 Hz Electra Elite IPK and Series i Terminals and Equipment The voltage current ring signal information for the Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Multiline Terminals Single Line Telephone equipment and AP A R AP R R unit are listed below Multiline Terminal Series i Voltage 11 48
49. No Gain Jumpers 3 4 shorted 6dB decrease Jumpers 1 2 shorted 6dB increase Transmit pad for related channel Jumpers 2 3 shorted default No Gain Jumpers 3 4 shorted 6dB decrease Open for Selects the function for Shorted default for COID COIB 8 U between or COID mode Reset N A Resets the COIB 8 U ETU 4 5 4 LED Indications Table 5 15 COIB 8 U ETU LED Indications LED Description On Flashing Off LIVE ETU status Operation Normal No Power stopped Operation Power On LED 1 Channel 1 status Busy Not Used Idle LED 2 Channel 2 status Busy Not Used Idle LED 3 Channel 3 status Busy Not Used Idle LED 4 Channel 4 status Busy Not Used Idle LED 5 Channel 5 status Busy Not Used Idle LED 6 Channel 6 status Busy Not Used Idle LED 7 Channel 7 status Busy Not Used Idle LED 8 Channel 8 status Busy Not Used Idle 5 34 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 4 5 5 Connectors The COIB 8 U has the following connector Connects to the backboard 4 5 6 Connections Demark DADADADADADADSA Figure 5 20 COIB 8 U ETU Connections 4 5 7 ETU Feature Chart co ller ID ETU pe Message Pad Loop Ground Fax CAMA Waiting Conirol Start Start Branch Trunk 5 Indicate X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X ts Caller ID is not supported for Ground Start trunks ts CAMA trunk support is pro
50. ON ON Off Off Off Off Flash 5 seconds Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Flash 3 seconds 2 3 for for or or ow or or ras sso 5 6 ror or or for or or on res Some Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Flash 5 seconds LIVE LED D12 also flashes when ETU is receiving power from the KSU 7 6 3 Installation This ETU can be installed in any KSU slot that supports the applicable ETU simulated A maximum of three IAD 8 U ETUs can be installed in slots S1 S8 when used as an ESI or DTI U System Hardware Manual 5 125 Issue 7 Electra Elite 7 6 Switch Settings Refer to Table 5 62 IAD 8 U ETU Switches Table 5 62 IAD 8 U Switches Switch Setting Description 51 Press to Reset Host Reset Switch S2 Shown below Eight position DIP Switch 2 1 3 Always Off Reserved S2 4 On default to enable Auto Card Discovery Selection Off to disable On only for first power on to recognize ETU and set defaults or for ESI 8 U ETU simulation S2 5 Always On to enable 8 Number of Voice Ports Selection ports Off enables 4 ports 2 6 8 52 6 and S2 7 On for IAD 8 U ETU Mode DTI mode Selection to show simulated ETU S2 6 On for ESI Mode 7 6 5 Ethernet Status Two Built in LEDs One green and one yellow on the front of each RJ 45 Connector indicate Ethernet connection status The yellow LED is On when the lin
51. System Hardware Manual 5 103 Issue 7 Electra Elite Table 5 49 VMS 2 4 8 U ETU DIP Switch Functions Description To enable HostKey and run Manufacturing Test NEC Production only To enable HostKey with floppy disk redirection and run Manufacturing Test NEC Production only To connect to CoSession using modem instead of direct cable connection To start BRU Host with direct cable connection To start BRU Host with modem connection To connect to CoSession using direct cable connection but not start voice mail software Troubleshooting or Maintenance Mode te Used for Revision Q00631 v 6 68 or higher 5 104 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 6 4 4 LED Indications Refer to Table 5 50 VMS 2 4 8 U LED Indications Table 5 50 VMS 2 4 8 U LED Indications LED Description On Flashing Off LIVE ETU status Receiving Not Used No Power power CH1 Port status Busy Not Used Idle Not used CH2 Port status Not Used Idle Not used CH3 Port status Not Used Idle Not used CH4 Port status Not Used Idle Not used CH5 Port status Not Used Idle Not used CH6 Port status Not Used Idle Not used CH7 Port status Not Used Idle Not used CH8 Port status Not Used Idle Not used MB MB Switch Not Used OFF status BIOS BIOS Error BIOS Error Not Used No error Status BCLR Application Red Not Used Idle status DOS started VM not ready
52. Table 5 21 PRT 1 U ETU SW1 Settings shows application selection SW1 4 is not used and must be OFF Table 5 21 PRT 1 U ETU SW1 Settings swi 1 swi 2 SW1 3 SW1 4 Application ON ON ON OFF NI2 OFF ON ON OFF 4ESS AT amp T Custom AT amp T 5ESS Lucent Custom DMS 100 Custom DMS 100 National ISDN Nortel Specification NIS A211 1 Nortel Specification NIS A233 1 Switch SW2 is an 8 position rotary switch that can be set even during operation A small flat screwdriver can be used to set positions as follows Position 0 Alarm Indications Position 1 B Channels 01 12 Status Indication using LEDs 1 12 Position 2 B Channels 13 23 Status Indication using LEDs 1 12 Positions 3 CO Trunks 01 12 assigned to PRT ETU Status Indication using LEDs 1 12 Positions 4 CO Trunks 13 23 assigned to PRT ETU Status Indication using LEDs 1 12 Positions 5 amp 6 Not Used Position 7 Inspection Mode in production line 5 50 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 4 10 4 LED Indications Table 5 22 PRT 1 U ETU LED Indications ETU status Stopped Power On Normal Operation No Power Channel Trunk PED Status On Alarms SW2 Position 0 On SW2 Position 1 On SW2 Position 3 Channel 1 Layer 1 Active Channel Busy CO Trunk 1 Busy Channel 2 SLIP Channel Busy CO Trunk 2 Busy Channel 3 RAI Channel Busy CO Trun
53. and Warning Tone from SW1 4 SW1 3 SW1 4 recorder or generator equipment on dedicated Off Off wire pair to recorder MIC input SW1 5 SW1 6 Input impedance is 600 Q SW1 5 Off On and SW1 6 SUME ie Input impedance is less On Off than 3062 When warning tone from SW1 7 On any device is sent to telephone SW1 8 Off Leave Off rz not connect T1 and T2 when switches SW1 3 and SW1 4 are ON Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite Issue 7 3 3 APA U Unit Analog Port Adapter The Analog Port Adapter without Ringer is the interface for installing Single Line Telephones Modems Credit Card Readers Wireless Headsets NEC VoicePoint VoicePoint Plus Conferencing unit and other compatible analog devices The APA U Unit does not generate ringing signals One user adjustable switch with two settings is provided on the adapter Setting 1 allows impedance to be set to 600 for devices such as modems Setting 2 is used for complex impedance devices such as a Single Line Telephone Figure 7 15 APA U Unit 3 3 1 Installing APA U Unit on any DTP DTU Multiline Terminal except DTP 2DT 1 and DTP 16HC 1 1 Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation Refer to Section 2 Preparing Multiline Terminal for Adapter Installation 2 Plugthe unit into the receptacle connector inside the base plate Refer to Figure 7 16 Attaching the Unit to the Multiline Terminal gt APA U Unit does not require an ACA U Unit to supply exte
54. release transfer Automated Attendant Voice Mail without call forwarding await answer transfer Voice Mail only No transfer Supported Connects to backplane connector of the KSU Hardware One FMS 2 4 8 U ETU Message Notification Through message waiting lamp Operator Console MDM F 20 Unit System Hardware Manual 100 default Positive disconnect Digital Signal Used for remote connection Issue 7 Electra Elite 8 BIOS Options Figure 5 53 FMS 2 4 U ETU Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Figure 5 54 FMS 8 U ETU COMPACTFLASH Issue 7 Issue 7 LEDS FED DSP G Electra Elite Reset Power LED 17 LED 16 LED 15 E cH 6 ep 14 Hcn 5 1 13 Lep 12 3 Leo 11 Len 10Hen1 LED s Hcea Leo 4 El Stu Figure 5 55 FMS U30 ETU Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 6 3 2 Installation Only one FMS 2 4 8 U ETU or one FMS U30 ETU can be installed in slots 51 58 This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system Each system can have one CTI VP CMS FMS VMS or IVR ETU When installing this ETU make all ETU DIP bU switch setting changes before inserting it in C the KSU Ensure that KSU is off 6 3 3 Switch Settings Refer to Table 5 43 FMS 2 4 8 U
55. 1 port 10Base T D 9 Interface 8 ports Transmission Interface Connectors 10Base 2 BNC coaxial cable 10Base T Dterm Interface RJ 45 modular for 10Base T Transmission Cable Type and Maximum Cable Length 10Base 2 Coaxial Cable 606 8 feet 185 meters 10Base T 018 Interface Twisted Pair Cable LAN Category 3 or higher 328 feet 100 meters for 10Base T technology System Hardware Manual 5 69 Issue 7 Electra Elite 5 6 3 Cabling The information listed below applies when connecting the VDH2 8 U ETU Normally the 10Base T cables connected to the VDH2 8 U ETUs cannot be directly connected to another HUB or to a LAN terminal Jumpers are provided for the VDH2 8 U to turn off the station abilities for ports 1 7 In this case LAN terminals can be connected directly to the VDH2 8 U ETU Refer to Figure 5 42 VDH2 8 U ETU Jumpers for the layout of jumpers on the KTU Port 8 is unique because the station abilities cannot be separated by changing a jumper like ports 1 7 Port 8 is used for cascading HUBs Connect Port 8 either to another VDH2 8 U Port 1 7 or an external HUB For this case be sure to set SW2 on the VDH2 8 U to If SW2 is set to X then Port 8 is used as a regular coreline connection Refer to Figure 5 43 10Base T Cable Connections VDH2 8 U ETU can be used with 10Base 2 and 10Base T cables VDH2 8 U ETU HUBs can be
56. 32 Maximum Display Indications 3 7 1 Connecting DBM E U Box to DBM B U Box or Another DBM E U Box 1 Use wire cutters to remove the cutout on right side of DBM B E cover Refer to Figure 7 33 Removing Cutout Place the provided edge protector on the top of the cutout 7 26 Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite Issue 7 DMB B E Right Side Cover Cutout Figure 7 33 Removing Cutout 2 Remove display plate from DBM B E and DBM E and peel off the cover sheet on both 3 Insert protruding side of cable from the DBM E in DBM B CN7 or in CN7 of the previous DBM E 4 Slide the bracket on DBM E being installed into the groves on DBM B E and tighten the nuts and bolts Refer to Figure 7 34 Connecting the Bracket DBM B E U10 Box Add DBM E U10 Box Side View 9m DBM B E U10 Box Add DBM E U10 Box Figure 7 34 Connecting the Bracket System Hardware Manual 7 27 Issue 7 Electra Elite 5 Ensure that the internal end of the cable is connected to DBM E 2 rz second expansion board must have this cable connected internally to DBM E CN3 and externally to the first DBM E CN7 The third fourth and fifth expansion board cables are connected externally to the previous DBM E CN7 and internally to CN4 CN5 and CN6 respectively 6 After all expansion boards are connected place the white cover sheets back on the DBM B U and all expansion boards
57. 8 62 Removing Key Unit Figure 8 62 Removing Key Unit To Install this unit 1 Insert the two tabs on the left of the key unit in the slots as shown in Figure 8 63 Installing Key Unit 8 48 Installing Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 2 3 Issue 7 Figure 8 63 Installing Key Unit Push the unit to the left and press down until it clicks into place Install the Line Card and Line Panel Issue 7 Electra Elite THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Installing Electra Elite IPK and Series i Equipment Installing Electra Professional Equipment CHAPTER 9 SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION SECTION 2 ELECTRA PROFESSIONAL MULTILINE TERMINALS System Hardware Manual Electra Professional Multiline Terminals can be installed on an Electra Elite 48 system providing inexpensive migration to the Electra Elite 48 system This chapter provides instructions for connecting these terminals to the Electra Elite 48 system The following Electra Professional Multiline Terminals can be connected to the Electra Elite 48 system ETW 8 1 2 TEL ETW 16DC 1 2 TEL ETW 16DD 1 2 TEL ETW 24DS 1 2 TEL EDW 48 1 2 DSS BLF Issue 7 SECTION 3 CONNECTING AN ELECTRA PROFESSIONAL MULTILINE TERMINAL TO THE ELECTRA ELITE 48 SYSTEM Electra Elite 3 4 Modular Terminal Connections 3 1 1 Connecting Multiline Terminals Attendant Add On Consoles and SLT Ad
58. Base UNIE 6 22 Figure 6 27 p Handset Cardiess Teil esses 6 24 Figure 6 28 p Analog Dodge Lider aiia et aca abc 6 25 Figure 6 29 T 6 27 Figure 6 30 Removing the DIP HOOK csser aie 6 28 System Hardware Manual xxvii Issue 7 Figure 6 31 Figure 6 32 Figure 6 33 Figure 6 34 Figure 6 35 Figure 6 36 Figure 7 1 Figure 7 2 Figure 7 3 Figure 7 4 Figure 7 5 Figure 7 6 Figure 7 7 Figure 7 8 Figure 7 9 Figure 7 10 Figure 7 11 Figure 7 12 Figure 7 13 Figure 7 14 Figure 7 15 Figure 7 16 Figure 7 17 Figure 7 18 Figure 7 19 Figure 7 20 xxviii Electra Elite L4 Mem C 6 28 Sliding the Ho k into PORIBD sess sie bera a atat 6 29 Removing he PR m 6 29 Replacing the Plate and Screw Liuius incaute etse tl I btts ntt dte 6 30 SCIENS MC T 6 30 6 31 CN 7 2 is meer Releasing Right Tab d SR Removing Bottom Cover Lie essi ninos aiel dir donc ei id qt TO Removing Base Plate Dummy End 754 Cutting Dummy id siad kenn oodd eor 24 Installing Adapter in Connector 1 uses erre ridi rc aee n eaae Petaling Donny End OP 7 5 ACA U Unit CODE roba 7 6 Attaching the ADA U Unit to the Multiline
59. C PC Telephony Board Coreline Interface PCT S PC Telephony Board without Modem PRT Primary Rate Trunk PS II Personal Station Wireless Terminal SLI Single Line interface SLT Single Line Telephone SPK Speaker TLI Tie Line Interface VDD Voice Data Digital Adapter VDH Voice Data Hub System Specifications Electra Elite Issue 7 Table 2 1 List of Abbreviations Continued Abbreviation Description VM Voice Mail VoIP Voice over Internet Protocol VRS Voice Recording Service ZT Il Zone Transceiver ZT 11 0 Unit System Hardware Manual 2 3 Issue 7 AMP SPK Audio Relay Tape Recorder Modem Modem Package Control Path HDLC Analog VM DPH SLI 4 8 bl v Zs X DPH 4 _ Voice Path PCM Highway COI 4 8 COIB 4 8 COID 4 8 BSU 2 CCH 4 7 BRT 4 PRT 1 U RS 232C Electra CTU S gom Professional m MIFM APA Terminals us Modem APR HFU E CNF 8 O Electra Mail vm CTI VP 4 8 12 16 ESI 8 FMS CMS 2 4 8 TERES SEAT BG 2 ACD 8 PCT S E VRS 4 IPCA U 7 PBR H MG 8 U gt HUB 8 IAD 8 Electra vbt Z m B Elite Terminals Moris E i 10Base T CPUB U ETU 77 1 IP Network LAN Electra Elite
60. CMS 2 4 U ETU 6 1 1 Description The CMS 2 4 U ETU is a Digital Voice Mail system that supports a maximum of four ports This ETU is a PC platform installed in the Electra Elite that contains Flash ROM data storage for voice recording and application software A digital signal processor voice processing section handles the following functions ees 989 8 DTMF detection DTMF generation General tone detection FAX CNG tone detection PCM compression for audio recording playback Automatic gain control AGC A serial port direct connect speeds up to 19 2 Kbps This ETU provides 2 or 4 ports for digital voice mail Refer to Table 5 34 Configuration Support Table Table 5 34 Configuration Support Table Function Applications Call Forwarding Configuration Support Automated Attendant Voice Mail with call forwarding release transfer Automated Attendant Voice Mail without call forwarding await answer transfer Voice Mail only No transfer Supported Connections Connects to backplane connector of the KSU Hardware One CMS 2 4 U ETU Message Notification Operator Console MDM F 20 Unit Through message waiting lamp 100 default Positive disconnect Digital Signal Used for remote connection Issue 7 Electra Elite 3 2 2 BIOS Options A COMPACTFLASH Figure 5 48 CMS 2 4 U ETU Installing Electronic Telephone Units
61. Conditions Temperature Operating 32 104 0 C 40 Long Term 50 90 F 10 C 32 2 C Humidity Operating 10 90 noncondensing System Hardware Manual 2 9 Issue 7 Electra Elite 4 2 Power Requirements 4 2 1 Power Supply Inputs The AC input requirements for the Electra Elite 48 system are listed below AC Input P64 U10 PSU 117 Vac 10 60Hz 10 Single Phase 2 5A circuit A dedicated outlet separately fused and grounded 4 2 2 Power Supply Consumption The power consumption for the Electra Elite 48 system is listed in Table 2 8 Power Consumption Table 2 8 Power Consumption Maximum C ar wans usea Current B48 U10 KSU 2 5 A 90 230 4 2 3 Fuse Replacement When replacing fuses refer to the specifications in Table 2 9 Fuse Replacement Table 2 9 Fuse Replacement Fuse UT 25 Unit Number Specifications Description Dimensions P64 U10 F1 125V 6 0A AC Input 1 4 x 1 1 4 PSU P64 U10 F101 250v 10A Battery Input 1 4 x 1 1 4 PSU t Allfuses are normal blown glass tube 2 10 System Specifications Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 4 3 4 4 Issue 7 of the same type and rating Do not use slow blow fuses Replace with a fuse Outside Line Types The following outside lines can be used with the Electra Elite 48 system 2 wire Loop Start or Ground Start Trunks 2 wire 2 way DID Lines Dial Pulse
62. DTP 1HM 2 TEL DTR 1HM 1 TEL DTP 2DT 1 TEL DTR 2DT 1 TEL This Single Line Telephone is a fully modular terminal with a flash key Redial key 3 level receive volume control 2 level ring volume control data jack message waiting lamp and eight programmable Feature Speed Dial keys Each terminal requires an SLI 4 U ETU SLI 8 U ETU or SLT 1 U ADP This Single Line Telephone is a fully modular terminal with a flash key Speaker key Hold key Redial key 6 level receive and speaker volume control 4 level ring volume control 3 tone ring pitch data jack message waiting lamp and eight programmable Feature Speed Dial keys Each terminal requires an SLI 4 U ETU SLI 8 U ETU or SLT 1 U ADP This terminal is a fully modular terminal with two Flexible Line keys each with 2 color LED eight function keys built in speakerphone and a large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages Each terminal requires an ESI 8 U ETU station port t This terminal does not support any adapters This terminal is a fully modular terminal with two Flexible Line keys each with 2 color LED nine function keys built in speakerphone a large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages and an Analog SLT Port outgoing only Each terminal requires an ESI 8 U ETU station port t terminal does not support any adapters 24 24 31 31 DTU 4R 1 TEL 1 14 This Dt Cordless Lite Ter
63. Elite Issue 7 3 7 83 Connecting the DBM B to Power and ESI 7 30 205 Unit Handsfree Unit 7 31 3 8 1 Installing an HFU U Unit on DTP DTU Multiline Terminal but DTP 2DT 1 DTP 16HC 1 7 31 3 8 2 Installing the External Microphone 3 8 3 Switch Settings NE p i Die MN 2 9 HK Unit PC Telephony Board 7 34 3 9 1 Connecting MIC LIne In 788 3 10 SLT 1 U ADP Single Line Telephone 7 35 3 10 1 Connecting the SLT 1 U ADP to the System Lider d RD 3 10 2 Wall Mounting the SLT 1 U ADP 7 37 3 11 VDD U Unit Voice Data Unit for Digital Terminals 7 38 3 11 1 Installing a VDD U Unit on a Multiline Terminal 7 38 3 11 2 Connecting Cables to the VDD U Unit 7 38 212 Wal Motiti uoi eei a Fe PP ERES 7 39 3 12 1 Removing and Remounting the Handset Hanger 7 39 3 12 2 Wall Mounting Using the Base Unit 7 40 3 12 3 Installing the Wall Mount Unit and Mounting the Multiline Terminal Using the WMU U Unit 7 44 3 12 4 Removing the Multiline Terminal from the Base Cover 7 48 3 12 5 Removing the Multiline Terminal from the WMU U Unit 7 48 RR mM 7 49 3 13 1 Connecting Audio
64. Green VM running Orange Error t lf BCLR LED is orange check error type on console screen After error is corrected LED automatically changes to green Do Not connect link between console and ETU until BCLR turns green during booting HDD Hard Disk Not Used Hard Disk Hard Disk status active inactive t not reset the ETU while the HDD LED is flashing System Hardware Manual 5 105 Issue 7 5 106 Electra Elite Refer to Table 5 51 VMS U30 ETU LED Indications Table 5 51 VMS U30 LED Indications LED Name Description LED 1 APP1 Indicates status of voice mail application software Green Application running without errors Amber Application running with errors Red X Application not running LED 2 APP2 Not Used LED 3 Drive HDD active light is red when the hard drive is accessed t not reset the ETU while this switch is On LED 4 CF Power On when shutdown switch in Run to indicate power on the ETU LED 5 ICGA Live LED flashes every 125 ms during normal operation LED 6 Shut Down Indicates that the switch has no software control Switch On red only when SHUTDOWN switch is in Run LED 7 Shutdown On red when SHUTDOWN switch is in SHUT DOWN to indicate that voice mail can be safely removed form the KSU LED 8 Power On red when ETU is receiving power from the KSU LED 9 FED DSP Used only for development purposes LED10 CH1 On red when voice channel 1 is Off Hook LED 11 CH2 On
65. MIFM U Default Switch Settings Table 5 5 MIFM U Default Switch Settings SW2 1 SW2 2 Description Normal Operation Factory Test Not Used FROM Flash Read Only Memory load from EPROM Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory System boot by Flash ROM System boot by EPROM 3 5 4 LED Indications Table 5 6 MIFM U LED Indications LED Description Flashing on LIVE ETU status Operation stopped Normal Operation No Power Power On LED1 Programming Problem when Loading Flash Not Used status loading Flash ROM ROM from EPROM or PC or LCR Programming connected System Hardware Manual 5 15 Issue 7 3 6 3 5 5 Electra Elite Connectors The MIFM U ETU has the following connectors Connects to the Backboard CN2 Connects to the Backboard Used to Connect the ETU backup battery during installation Disconnect to store the ETU CNA4 CN5 Connectors for the optional MIF Modem Unit C6 Socket for the optional KMM 1 0 U SMDR and LCR PC Programming connections are made using COM ports on the MBD U10 Unit COMI LCR PC Wireless Programming 2 SMDR Both COM ports are standard female RS 232C DCE ports A straight cable is required When an external modem is used connect the modem to COM1 port via the modem cable adapter A straight RS 232C cable locally provided is required Modem Kit Unit 3 6 1
66. Maximum Current 250 mA ts Acoustical characteristics meet Electronic Industry Association EIA standard proposal SP 1286 and standard EIA RS 470 Single Line Telephone Standard 2500 Set 500 type network Nominal Current 35 mA Ring Signal 56 Vac RMS 20 Hz SLT 1 U ADP Standard 2500 Set 500 type network Nominal Current 30 mA Ring Signal 56 Vac RMS 20 Hz 2 13 Issue 7 2 14 Electra Elite AP A R Unit Standard 2500 Set 500 type network Nominal Current 30 mA AP R R Unit Standard 2500 Set 500 type network Nominal Current 30 mA Ring Signal 56 Vac RMS 20 Hz 4 5 Dialing Specifications 4 5 1 4 5 2 Dial Pulse Address Signaling Dial Pulse Address Signaling uses dial pulses to signal the equipment In the Electra Elite 48 system the following Dial Pulse specifications are used Pulse Rate 10 0 5 pps 20 1 0 pps Percent Break 60 1 5 Interdigit Interval 10 pps 20 pps 770 830 ms Dual Tone Multifrequency DTMF Address Signaling DTMF signaling describes push button or Touchtone dialing When a key on a telephone is pushed two tones one high frequency and one low frequency are provided In the Electra Elite 48 system the following DTMF specifications are used Frequencies Two sinusoidal frequencies are provided one from the high frequency group and one from the low frequency group Frequency Deviation Less than 1 0 Signal Level
67. PHS Figure 5 6 CLKG U Unit Installation Only one CLKG U Unit can be installed Connectors The following connectors are located on the CLKG U Unit to CN5 on the MBD U10 Unit CN2 Connects to CN6 on the MBD U10 Unit Switch Settings Leave SW1 set to ISDN PHS when ISDN T1 or ISDN T1 and Wireless trunks are installed When only Wireless is installed set SW1 to PHS Issue 7 3 2 3 3 Electra Elite KMM 1 0 U 3 2 1 3 2 2 Description The KMM 1 0 U is a feature module that mounts on the MIFM U ETU This unit is required when LCR or Caller ID scrolling and dialing features are used Installation Like all ICs this unit has a notch on one side Find the notch on the IC6 silkscreen and align the KMM 1 0 U so that the notches are on the same side before mounting MBD U10 Unit for B48 U10 KSU 3 3 1 Description The MBD U10 Unit installed on the B48 U10 KSU is the Central Processing Unit for the system This Unit has a Central Processing Unit and a Microprocessing Unit and supports a maximum of 48 ports for the Electra Elite 48 system Refer to Figure 5 7 KSU MBD U10 Unit A 32 bit microprocessor executes the programs stored on the Flash ROM ICs of the MBD U10 Unit This controls the entire system when data is transferred to and from other ETUs This ETU includes the following items Time Division Switch TDSW Static Random Access Memory SRAM 32 bit Proces
68. Shorted Remove short bar to increase DP1 and DP3 volume by 6 dB S201 Shorted Remove short bar to increase DP2 and DP4 volume by 6 dB 102 Shorted Remove short bar to increase DP1 transmit volume by 6 S202 Shorted Remove short bar to increase DP2 and DP4 transmit volume by 6 dB LED Indications Live LED indications are listed below Blinking Red Normal Operation Steady Red Operation Stopped power on Off No Power LED 1 indication are listed below Steady Red A Circuit Is Busy Off All Circuits Are Idle Issue 7 Electra Elite 5 2 5 Connectors The DPH 4 U ETU has the following connectors Connects to the Backboard Connections provided at the MDF Doorphone Connections provided at the MDF MDF Doorphone DPH 1 Doorphone DPH2 Doorphone DPH 3 Doorphone DPH 4 Figure 5 35 DPH 4 U ETU Doorphone Connector 5 2 6 Specifications Relay contacts are 24 Vdc at 500 mA 5 62 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 7 5 3 ESI 8 U ETU 5 3 1 5 3 2 5 3 3 Description The Electronic Station Interface ETU provides an 8 port interface for Multiline Terminals Electra Mail CTI Attendant Consoles Single Line Telephone Adapter SLT 1 U ADP and DBM B U Box TP2 GND Figure 5 36 ESI 8 U ETU Switch Settings SW1 re
69. Sources to the KSU 7 49 3 14 Station Background Music uoce atero secon onu arae rcc RR np rase 7 49 9 15 Poo o oii oe 7 49 3 16 Connecting a KSU to a Personal Computer 7 50 3 16 1 Connecting the PC to the KSU PETER CETUR T 7 50 3 16 2 Connecting the Printer to the KSU 7 51 System Hardware Manual xvii Issue 7 Electra Elite 3 16 3 Remote PAS the Built in Modem Modemi Kit LIME me 317 20 Voice Security Recordar 7 53 m TRIS 3 17 2 Connectors NC EE EM 3 17 3 Requirements for installation 7 54 3 17 4 Installation Procedures for Windows 98 or ME 7 54 3 17 5 Installation procedure for Windows 2000 or XP 7 54 3 17 6 VSR Application Software 7 57 3 17 7 VRS User Interface Tab Options dias MR POT 3 17 8 VSR Playback Tab RUE INIM SM EE tee 2179 Ves CCCI pec 3 17 10 Options Tab A 3 17 11 File Management Tab isset cera ei p XE REOR Re pack 7 2 3 17 12 Custom Program Settings iuieexcdadidint abend Go Chapter 8 Installing Electra Elite IPK and Series i Equipment Section 1 General Information 8 1 Section 2 Multil
70. State LEDs LED ON FLASHING OFF Channel LEDs B 1 8 Status ney Operation Live Led Stopped Power Off p Operation ower On 7 9 4 2 For Initialization Refer to Table 5 70 Initialization LEDs Table 5 70 Initialization LEDs Condition Power On On On Searching IPCA U10 On Off Initialized Off Off System Hardware Manual 5 139 Issue 7 5 140 7 9 5 Connectors Electra Elite The MG 8 U ETU has the following connectors P1 J1 J5 J6 J10 J13 eee Connects to the backplane Serial Interface Test Port Ethernet Port 2 Not Used Ethernet Port 1 Connects to LAN Not used Not used Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 7 10 PBR U ETU 7 10 1 Description The Pushbutton Receiver PBR ETU detects and translates DTMF tones generated by Single Line Telephones modems or facsimile machines This ETU is required if the four built in MBD U10 Unit PBR channels are not enough to support all the PBR requirements of the system or the MBD U10 Unit PBRs are dedicated to the VRS 4 U10 ETU Figure 5 69 PBR U ETU System Hardware Manual 5 141 Issue 7 Electra Elite 7 10 2 Installation Only one PBR U ETU can be installed in slots S2 S7 to provide four PBR circuits Four circuits are built in for a total of eight PBR circuits 7 10 3 LED Indications Live LED indications are listed below Blinking Red
71. Switch Settings for Revision Q26031 v 6 65 or lower for Revision Q26031 v 6 68 or higher refer to Table 5 44 FMS 2 4 8 U DIP Switch Functions Table 5 43 FMS 2 4 8 U ETU Switch Settings 1 Normally Off On to enable COM1 2 Normally Off When 1 and 2 are both On COM 1 is enabled for HOSTKEY and the VM application is stopped for Maintenance 3 On to enable COM2 for remote RS 232 RJ 11 Off to allow COM local connection 4 Not Used t Used for Revision Q26031 v 6 65 or lower System Hardware Manual 5 95 Issue 7 Electra Elite Table 5 44 FMS 2 4 8 U DIP Switch Functions DIP DIP DIP DIP 1 2 3 4 Description ON To enable HostKey and run Manufacturing Test NEC Production only ON ON To enable HostKey with floppy disk redirection and run Manufacturing Test NEC Production only ON To connect to CoSession using modem instead of direct cable connection ON To start BRU Host with direct cable connection ON ON To start BRU Host with modem connection ON ON To connect to CoSession using direct cable connection but not start voice mail software Troubleshooting or Maintenance Mode te Used for Revision Q05631 v 6 68 or higher 5 96 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 6 3 4 LED Indications Refer to Table 5 45 FMS 2 4 8 U LED Indications Table 5 45 FMS 2 4 8 U
72. Terminal 7 7 Leading the Audio Cable out from the ADA U Unit 7 8 7 8 Attaching Cables to the ADA U Unit 7 9 ADA U Unit SIC Senga ERU FH Attaching the Unit to the Multiline Terminal 7 14 APA U Uni fee Connecting Cables on the APA L Unit 1 sen 10 Attaching the Unit to the Multiline Terminal 7 17 List of Figures Electra Elite Issue 7 Figure 7 21 Leading the Telephone Cord out from the Unit 7 17 Figure 7 22 the Base goi 7 18 Figure 7 23 AFR UUNO 7 18 Figure 7 24 GConngeting Cables on the AR R U soretes 7 19 Figure 7 25 Attaching an Electra Elite Multiline Terminal to a PC 7 20 Figure 7 26 SER E S AA E dui MM cau tC RODA 7 20 Figure 7 27 Attaching the Unit to the Multiline Terminal 7 21 Figure 7 28 Connecting the RS 232C Cable to the CTA U Unit on CECI DAE Qu eR Te 7 22 Figure 7 29 CTU C U Unit NEUEN 7 23 Figure 7 30 UTILE 7 24 Figure 7 31 DBM B U and DBM E U Message Displ
73. Terminal push on the adjustment tabs and push the base plate downward Tab Figure 6 23 Lowering the Base Plate on the DTU DTP Multiline Terminal System Hardware Manual 6 19 Issue 7 Electra Elite SECTION 10 INSTALLING A Dterm CORDLESS LITE OR pier Conpi Ess II TERMINAL 10 1 Selecting an Installation Location Select a location to avoid excessive heat or humidity The base unit should be placed on a desk or tabletop near a standard 120 Vac outlet and within reach of the telephone line connection on the Electra Elite Multiline Terminal Keep the base unit and the handset away from sources of electrical noise e g fluorescent lighting Depending on your environment the maximum number of cordless devices used without interference varies Power Indicator Figure 6 24 D Cordless Lite Terminal 6 20 Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 7 Figure 6 25 Cordless II 10 2 Connecting the Telephone Cords The D Cordless Lite or Cordless II terminal is connected to the telephone line and to the host telephone using two telephone line jacks on the back of the Base Unit LINE IN and LINE OUT 3 Observe the following warnings during installation Never install telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never touch uninsulated telephone wires or terminals unless the line has been disconnected at the network interface
74. VMS 2 4 8 U ETU VMS FMS CMS U30 System Hardware Manual 2 19 Issue 7 Electra Elite Shipping Unit Weight Height Width Depth 10 6 oz 4 1 5 9 7 1 301 9 104 mm 151 mm 180 mm 20 0 oz 5 75 5 75 2 5 Vatt n 567 g 147mm 147mm 63mm Shipping weight includes the shipping carton Shipping weight includes the shipping carton and documentation System Specifications Electra Elite Issue 7 4 8 External Equipment Interface Input signal levels impedance contact ratings and connector types are listed for externally connected equipment 4 8 1 4 8 2 4 8 3 4 8 4 4 8 5 4 8 6 System Hardware Manual Music on Hold Station Background Music 0 6V PPS Signal Level 600 Q Auxiliary Input Input Impedance External Paging Audio Output Power Output Impedance 10 dBm Signal Level 600 Q Relay Contact Rating 500 mA 24 Vdc External Tone Ringer Night Chime Output Output Power 10 dBm Output Impedance 600 Q Relay Contact Rating 500 mA 24 Vdc SMDR Output Female Connector System Output Standard RS 232C straight PC Connection Female Connector System Output Standard RS 232C straight Relay Contact All Relay Contact Ratings 500 mA 24 Vdc Issue 7 4 9 Electra Elite Audible and Visual Indications The tables in this section provide the audible a
75. about every two years Refer to Figure 5 8 KSU Backup Battery Replacement Figure 5 8 KSU Backup Battery Replacement 1 Remove the battery cable from on the MBD U10 Unit 2 Connect the cable from the new battery to CN4 on the MBD U10 Unit 3 Turn off the KSU power 4 Use cutting tool to cut the tie wrap that fastens it and remove the old battery 5 Fasten the new battery with a tie wrap 6 Turn on the KSU power 5 10 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 7 3 4 MIFA U ETU 3 4 1 Description The MIFA U provides additional memory and processing power to support ACD or UCD The ACD feature and KMA 1 0 U are not supported by the Electra Elite 48 system The MIFA U ETU must be installed in KSU Slot S2 Sw2 orr 1 E IC6 KMA 1 0 U Figure 5 9 MIFA U ETU 3 4 2 Installation Only one MIFA U ETU can be installed in the system Slot S2 may contain either the MIFA U ETU or MIFM U ETU The system cannot support both at the same time Issue 7 Electra Elite 3 4 3 Switch Settings Refer to Table 5 3 MIFA U Default Switch Settings Table 5 3 MIFA U Default Switch Settings SW2 1 SW2 2 Description Off Off Normal Operation On Off Factory Test Off On Not Used On On Flash ROM load from EPROM SW1 Description On System boot by Flash ROM Off System boot by EPROM 3 4 4 LED Indicatio
76. and ETU until BCLR turns green during booting HD Compact Flash status Not Used Compact Flash Compact Flash active inactive Do not reset the ETU while the HD LED is flashing 7 1 4 Connectors The ACD 8 U ETU has the following connectors J9 Connects to the backboard 9 RS 232 COM1 Local Serial connector on main ETU for direct connection System Hardware Manual 5 109 Issue 7 Electra Elite 7 1 5 Installation Precautions The ETUs used in this system make extensive use of CMOS technology that is very susceptible to static electricity Static discharge must be avoided when handling ETUs Always use the following precautions Wear a grounding strap anytime you handle the ETU all DIP switch setting changes before inserting it in the KSU Ensure that Make Busy switch is Off Carry in a conductive polyethylene bag to prevent static electricity damage 5 110 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 7 2 BSU 2 U ETU 7 2 1 Description The BSU 2 U ETU provides the connection for Zone Transceivers IT mr 1 IL um IL 1 IT Im In WA LED10 LIVE 5 Figure 5 59 BSU 2 U ETU 7 2 2 Installation Up to three ETUs can be installed in slots S3 S6 in the system 7 2 3 Switch Settings The default switch settings are shown in Table 5 53 BSU 2 U ETU Default Switch Settings System Hardware Manual
77. and install the display panels 3 7 2 Wall Mounting DBM B U and Expansion Boards 1 Refer to the template and thread the included screw into the wall at location for the top hole of the DBM B U Box Leave screw extended 1 8 inch Refer to Figure 7 35 Threading Screw into Wall H Wall Mounting x Dimensions EN i 3 Locally Provided Screw a 150 s Figure 7 35 Threading Screw into Wall 2 Place hole for mounting over the screw and Hang the DBM B U on the screw Refer to Figure 7 36 Hanging DBM B U on Screw 7 28 Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 7 Maria c Hole DBM B U10 Figure 7 36 Hanging DBM B U on Screw 3 Remove the display panel to access screws and thread the in place bottom screws on the outside boards into the wall Refer to Figure 7 37 Installing Bottom Screws Hang on Installed Screw 4 Units ist DBM E DBM B Q Q Install Bottom Screws Figure 7 37 Installing Bottom Screws Issue 7 Electra Elite 4 Tighten the top screw on the DBM B U Box rz When four or five expansion boards are used install the bottom screw on the middle unit as well 3 7 3 Connecting the DBM B to Power and ESI 1 Refer to Figure 7 38 Connecting DBM B U and Connect the provided AC Adapter to the DBM B U10 AC Adapter Bottom of DBM B U10 a _ N Line Cable N Cable Clamp Frame Gro
78. base unit This terminal has a 16 digit by 2 line LCD Display 24 20 Introduction Electra Elite Issue 7 Equipment Name KSU Maximum Description Quantities ETW 4R 1 TEL ETW 8 1 2 TEL This D Cordless Terminal be connected to the Electra Elite System using a tandem connection to a Multiline Terminal The terminal has a cordless handset a 10 digit 2 line LCD dial pad TALK key HOLD key TRF key CNF key SPD key a MSG LED optional vibrator and four function keys with red LEDs 9 This 0 Cordless Terminal can be switched to the Multiline Terminal connected to it by pressing the DESK key on the base unit of the idle D Cordless Terminal This terminal is a fully modular instrument with tilt stand eight Flexible Line keys each with 2 color LED eight function keys built in speakerphone ADA compatibility and a large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages ETW 16DC 1 2 TEL This terminal is a fully modular instrument with tilt stand 16 Flexible Line keys each with 2 color LED eight function keys built in speakerphone ADA compatibility and a large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages This terminal has a 16 character by 2 line Liquid Crystal Display LCD ETW 16DD 1 2 TEL This terminal is a fully modular instrument with tilt stand 16 Flexible Line keys each with 2 color LED eight function keys 20 programmable One Touch keys with red LEDs bu
79. be installed in slots S2 S7 in the Elite 48 KSU Only one CCH 4 U ETU can be installed in a system Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 7 3 3 Switch Settings Default switch settings are shown in the following table Table 5 56 CCH 4 U ETU Default Switch Settings Switch Setting Description Swi Momentary Momentary Switch Resets the CCH ETU When this switch is pressed all K CCIS users connected to the CCH ETU are interrupted Use this switch only after all other options have failed Normal Operation Default Test Mode Boot from Flash Memory Default Boot from E PROM IC30 Normal Operation Default Test Mode SW2 4 Off Watch Dog Timer On Default On Watch Dog Timer Off 7 3 4 LED Indications Table 5 57 CCH 4 U LED Indications LED Description On Flashing Off 1 Link status for CCH1 Layer 2 Up Not Used Layer 2 Down 2 Link status for CCH2 Layer 2 Up Not Used Layer 2 Down 3 Link status for CCH3 Layer 2 Up Not Used Layer 2 Down 6 7 8 9 10 Link status for CCH2 Data sent received Not Used Idle Link status for CCH3 Data sent received Not Used Idle Link status for CCH4 Data sent received Not Used Idle CCH status Alarm Normal Operation Not Operating ETU status Operation stopped Normal Operation No Power Power still on System Hardware Manual 5 117 Issue 7 Electra Elite 7 3 5 Connectors The CCH
80. be performed by NEC America Inc or by an authorized agent The user must report the need for service to an NEC America Inc authorized agent or to NEC America Inc This equipment has been listed by Underwriters Laboratories and complies with all applicable requirements of the standard for telephone equipment UL 1459 Regulatory Information Electra Elite INDUSTRY CANADA REQUIREMENTS System Hardware Manual Issue 7 Industry Canada has established rules that permit this telephone system to be directly connected to the telephone network Prior to the connection or disconnection of this telephone system to or from the telephone network the telephone company must be provided with the following information 1 Your telephone number 2 IC Certificate number 140 7942 A 3 Ringer Equivalence Number REN of the equipment 2 1 The Industry Canada label identifies certified equipment This certification means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protective operational and safety requirements as prescribed in the applicable Terminal Equipment Technical requirements document s The Department does not guarantee that equipment operates to user satisfaction Before installation the user should ensure that it is permissible to connect this equipment to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed using an acceptable method of connection The customer should be awar
81. cable Connect your telephone to either VSR port Connect the other VSR port to the telephone system and recording is enabled 3 17 5 Installation procedure for Windows 2000 or XP 1 Using the provided USB cable connect the VRS USB interface to your PC Windows automatically detects the new hardware and displays a Wizard dialog box Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite Issue 7 3 Select Install from a list or specific location Advanced and select Next Hardware Update Wizard Welcome to the Hardware Update Wizard This wizard helps you install software for USB Device g If your hardware came with an installation CD lt or floppy disk insert it now What do you want the wizard to do 4 The next screen is displayed Hardware Update Wizard Please choose your search and installation options S Search for the best driver in these locations Use the check boxes below to limit or expand the default search which includes local paths and removable media The best driver found will be installed v Search removable media floppy CD ROM drive Browse Dont search will choose the driver to install Choose this option to select the device driver from a list Windows does not guarantee that the driver you choose will be the best match for your hardware lt Back Next gt Cancel 5 When files are downloaded from the Internet uncheck Search Re
82. connect external modem This ETU provides 2 4 or 8 ports for digital voice mail The 2 and 4 port require the included digital signal processor DSP the 8 port configuration requires a DSP F 21 Unit Refer to Table 5 47 Configuration Support Table Table 5 47 Configuration Support Table Function Configuration Support Applications Automated Attendant Voice Mail with call forwarding release transfer Automated Attendant Voice Mail without call forwarding await answer transfer Voice Mail only No transfer Call Forwarding Supported Connects to backplane connector of the KSU Message Notification Through message waiting lamp MDM F 20 Unit Used for remote connection Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 8 port VMS 8 U ETU shown Option Kit required for remote with 4 port auxiliary DSP installed maintenance is purchased For VMS 2 4 8 U ETU the separately auxiliary is not required Ur SM Piggyback on ETU Piggyback on ETU Down On DSP F 21 Unit MDM U10 Unit 9 pin RS 232 COM 2 Port Auxiliary DSP Remote oP Serial Interface Modem Port RJ 11 Make Busy Switch HDD BCLR BIOS MB CH3 CH4 CH5 LIVE COM 1 Local Connection Hard Disk Drive d n Figure 5 56 VMS 2 4 8 U ETU System Hardware Manual 5 101 Issue 7 Electra Elite LED 17 LED 16 Heu 7 LED 1s
83. each step 1 Place a 0 01 microfarad ceramic capacitor 0 001 microfarad for FM Interference across receiver and transmitter elements in the Multiline Terminal handset 2 Adda 0 01 microfarad ceramic capacitor from one transmit lead to one receive lead System Hardware Manual 10 9 Electra Elite Issue 7 C1 No or Intermittent CO PBX Ring Test to see if problem occurs on one line or several lines One Line Several Lines Check Memory Blocks 4 01 and 4 02 See if problem occurs to ensure that line is programmed to on all Multiline Terminals ring on an installed station Assigned Ringing All Multiline Terminals Ringing Assigned v Replace one terminal that has problems Not all terminals Program station for off hook Program ring assignment and test Yes Stil have Problem and test again No See if affected lines No can be isolated to one COI 8 U ETU Corrected Corrected Y Return defective Multiline Terminal for repair 1 COK 8 U Yes Reset Replace Perform the following tests COI 8 U ETU 1 Measure CO ring voltage with AC meter 100 Vac 20 Hz at the MDF 2 Perform Second Initialization No Gaede 3 Place external ringer in front of system on and day night ring deny DND feature Yes Done Yes Y worst case CO line Check if customer Done
84. entices Ren ma 9 103 6 4 3 Switeh Mc le 6 4 4 LED MACARONS Wee T T T TUTTA 6 455 VMS 2 4 8 U Connectors 5 107 6 4 66 VMS U30 Jumper Settings 5 107 6 47 VMS U30 Connectors mr ee Section 7 Optional ETUS 5 108 D Tak 87 70 T 7 1 3 LED e uu TAS MEC un oo t AS installation Precautions aki etin pir HE 10 2 TETU Gud su o nen n inis 5 111 2 Description D 7 22 install OR erre T23 Switch Settings usd cada MM E T1 7 2 4 n o A285 Connecols oon B 7 2 6 ZI ll NI System Hardware Manual xi Issue 7 Electra Elite a XUNG VETU 5 116 TA bois e T M E ES GSC UNT ELT Tao SEDIS st ee d T 7 3 4 der Momo E ToS UI nous dicha ee aaa ET TN 12085 Connections ee Md s 7 4 1 Description Busse E RR 20119 7 4 2 Installation E E a 5 120 AA arenneren 5 120 ZAA iD 120 7 4 5 Specifi
85. for repair Reset and test Replace defective terminal and test Is Problem solved Connect terminal directly to MDF and test Is Problem solved Reset and test and replace Replace station cable ESI 8 U ETU No 1 Perform Second Initialization and test 2 Perform First Initialization and test gt 3 Replace B48 U10 KSU and test using Is Problem solved 10 14 default program System Maintenance Electra Elite Issue 7 D2 Multiline Terminal Ringing Problems Intermittent Problem Occurs Go to Flowchart C1 Consistent Check to see if problem occurs on CO or internal calls including station to station or transferred calls Internal CO Check to see if station is call forwarded or in DID Yes Cancel feature Problem Occurs Check Memory Block 4 12 Program again Yes Wrong Check and adjust Assignment volume control and test again Station in Call Forward or DID Check Memory Blocks 4 01 and 4 02 for ring assignment Problem Solved Yes Wrong Assignment Program again Reset replace station ESI 8 U ETU No Problem Solved Done Reset replace terminal Then reset replace ESI 8 U ETU
86. interface for instaling Single Line Telephones modems NEC VoicePoint VoicePoint Plus Conferencing unit and other compatible analog devices The APR U Unit also generates ringing signals By providing ring generation the user can install a personal fax machine or an answering machine for convenience Two user adjustable switches are provided on the adapter one allows for 6009 or a complex impedance interface to devices such as a modem or Single Line Telephone the second switch SW1 is set to position 2 An AC Adapter is Required When a CTA U CTU C U CTU S U VDD U or HFU U Unit and an APR U Unit are both installed only one AC Adapter is required ACA U Unit AC Adapter Figure 7 19 APR U Unit 3 4 1 Installing APR U Unit on any DTP DTU Multiline Terminal but DTP 2DT 1 DTP 16HC 1 1 Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation Refer to Section 2 Preparing Multiline Terminal for Adapter Installation 2 Plug the unit into the receptacle connector inside the base plate Refer to Figure 7 20 Attaching the Unit to the Multiline Terminal 7 16 Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite Issue 7 Figure 7 20 Attaching the Unit to the Multiline Terminal 3 Plug the cord of the ACA U Unit AC adapter into the jack on the APR U Unit Lead the telephone cord out through the groove in the base as shown in Figure 7 21 Leading the Telephone Cord out from the Unit
87. red when voice channel 2 is Off Hook LED 12 CH3 On red when voice channel 3 is Off Hook LED 13 CH4 On red when voice channel 4 is Off Hook LED 14 5 On red when voice channel 5 is Off Hook LED 15 CH6 On red when voice channel 6 is Off Hook LED16 CH7 On red when voice channel 7 is Off Hook LED17 CH8 On red when voice channel 8 is Off Hook t The first four channel LEDs are also used during startup to show that the BICOM driver is loaded LED 1 Scan disk successfully completed LED 2 CoSession Host successfully Loaded LED 3 and voice mail started successfully LED 4 After the system is up and running and all channels are ready to receive calls these LEDs are Off When voice mail does not start successfully all eight channel LEDs and LED 1 are on Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 6 4 5 VMS 2 4 8 U Connectors Connects to the backboard 9 pin RS 232 COM2 Not used MDM F 20 Unit RJ 11 modem port COM2 Remote connector on serial interface MDM F 20 Unit 9 pin RS 232 COM1 Local Serial connector on main ETU for direct connection 6 4 6 VMS U30 ETU Jumper Settings Used only on VMS Compact flash is master drive Hard Drive is master drive default 6 4 7 VMS U30 ETU Connectors J2 Connects to the backplane J6 Used for Compact flash drive on FMS J8 Used for Harddrive J9 RJ 45 LAN connector for network connection
88. speakerphone a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages headset jack and compatibility with ADA U APA U APR U CTA U CTU C U CTU S U or HFU U Unit This terminal also has a 24 character 3 line adjustable Liquid Crystal Display LCD and four softkeys System Hardware Manual 32 1 15 Issue 7 Electra Elite Equipment Name Description KSU Maximum Quantities DTH 16D 1 TEL DTR 16D 1 TEL DTP DTU 32 1 TEL This digital Multiline Terminals have 16 programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED nine function keys a built in speakerphone a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages headset jack and compatibility with AD A R AP A R AP R R or CT A R Unit A Directory button allows Caller ID scrolling and a Message button allows direct access to voice mail This terminal also has a 24 character 3 line adjustable Liquid Crystal Display LCD and four softkeys This digital Multiline Terminal has 32 programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED a built in speakerphone a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages headset jack and compatibility with ADA U APA U APR U CTA U CTU C U CTU S U or HFU U Unit 32 31 DTP 32D 1 TEL DTU 32D 2 TEL This digital Multiline Terminal is equipped with 32 programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED a built in speakerphone a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages headset jack and compatibil
89. standard 120 Vac wall outlet 4 The power level between the Handset and the Base is 10mW 5 When the ACA U Unit is used route the power cord where it does not create a trip hazard or where it could become chafed and create a fire or electrical hazard 6 An ACA U Unit is required for this terminal to operate properly 6 24 Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Electra Elite SECTION 12 INSTALLING A Dterm ANALOG CORDLESS TERMINAL System Hardware Manual 12 1 Issue 7 Selecting an Installation Location Select a location to avoid excessive heat or humidity The base unit should be placed on a desk or tabletop near a standard 120 Vac outlet and within reach of the telephone line connection on the Electra Elite Multiline Terminal Keep the base unit and the handset away from sources of electrical noise e g fluorescent lighting Depending on your environment the maximum number of cordless devices used without interference varies Figure 6 28 D Analog Cordless Terminal 12 2 Connecting the Telephone Cord The DTR 1R 1 D Analog Cordless terminal is connected to an analog port on the KSU using an SLI 4 8 U or OPX 2 U ETU SLT 1 U ADP or APR U Unit connected to the multiline terminal A TEL LINE jack is located on back of the base unit of the ptem Analog Cordless terminal Never install telephone wiring during a lightning storm Issue 7 Electra E
90. supported when the ETU is installed Table 2 1 List of Abbreviations lists abbreviations used in the diagram Table 2 1 List of Abbreviations Abbreviation ACD Description Automatic Call Distribution AMP Amplifier APR Analog Port Ringer B Basic Rate Trunk Interface RT CH NF B C Common Channel Handler K CCIS Multiline Conference Bridge Central Office Interface Central Office Interface COI COID mode Central Office Caller ID COM Communication CPU Central Processor Unit CTA Computer Telephony Adapter CTI VP FMS VMS CMS Voice Mail DID Direct Inward Dialing DPH Doorphone Issue 7 Table 2 1 Electra Elite List of Abbreviations Continued Abbreviation Description DTI Digital Trunk Interface ECR External Control Relay ESI Electronic Station Interface HDLC High Level Data Link Control HFU Handsfree Unit HUB Optional HUB Ethernet Interface IAD Optional Integration Device IPCA U Pure IP Switch IPT Internet Protocol Trunk for VoIP ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network K CCIS Key Common Channel Interoffice Signaling LAN Local Area Network MG Gateway between IPCA ETU and MBD U10 ETU MIC Microphone MIF Multipurpose Interface MOH Music On Hold OPX Off Premise Extension PBR Push Button Receiver PC Personal Computer PCM Pulse Code Modulation PCT
91. the MDF System Hardware Manual 3 3 3 2 3 Initialization Check Ring voltage may be lower if the meter measures only 60 Hz signals To determine if the system is initializing correctly only the KSU and terminals should be installed on the system After initialization all the terminals assigned to the ESI 8 U ETU that is mounted on the MBD U10 can be used for internal calls to one another By default these stations are assigned station numbers 100 107 System Initialization After the steps described in Section 3 2 Before Initializing are performed and verified the entire system should be initialized With power OFF all interface and option cards can be installed in the basic KSU The technician can then power up the system to perform a First Initialization After the initialization process each station display shows default time and date indications For example 12 00 AM WED 1 10 3 Issue 7 Electra Elite 3 4 After Initialization u Ensure the battery on the MBD U10 Unit is L connected to CN4 Before any programming is attempted connect the battery on the MBD U10 Unit to CN4 to prevent loss of previously programmed data if the system loses power Check all ETU slots in software to ensure the initialization process scanned the installed hardware correctly A general system operation check should be performed using default values prior to system programming After all previous steps are performe
92. the Multiline Terminal 2 Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation Refer to Section 2 Preparing Multiline Terminal for Adapter Installation 3 Press both sides of Base Cover to release latches lift base cover and rotate it left to remove it 4 Plug the ADA U Unit connector into the receptacle connector on the back of the Multiline Terminal Snap the ADA U Unit into the hooks on the Multiline Terminal to secure it Hook INS Figure 7 10 Attaching the ADA U Unit to the Multiline Terminal 5 Replace cover and base plate Issue 7 Electra Elite 6 Lead the audio cable out through the groove on the base cover Plug in the telephone cord Figure 7 11 Leading the Audio Cable out from the ADA U Unit 3 2 2 Connecting Cables to the ADA U Unit Cable terminal connectors are located on the right side of the ADA U Unit Cables should be connected on this unit before installing the unit on the Multiline Terminal Terminals Figure 7 12 ADA U Unit Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite Issue 7 1 Cut off the plug on one end of the cable 2 Locate the adapter terminals on the right side of the unit as illustrated in Figure 7 12 ADA U Unit 3 Remove the cap on the adapter terminal to expose the metal receptacle Push the cable in the applicable receptacle and replace the cap Line u
93. to the backboard RJ 45 Connects to the Ethernet System Hardware Manual 5 47 Issue 7 Electra Elite 4 9 6 Switch S1 Switch S1 must be in PD power down for ETU installation and placed in PU power up to activate the ETU After the ETU is activated S1 is placed in PD to power down the ETU for removal 4 9 7 Connections RJ 45 Connector VoIP Trunk ETU Figure 5 28 IPT 4 8 U ETU Connections Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 7 4 10 PRT 1 U ETU 4 10 1 Description The PRT 1 U ETU is a Digital Trunk Interface that provides for the termination of an ISDN PRI line for voice service only The PRT 1 U ETU supports AT amp T 4ESS Custom AT amp T 5ESS Lucent DMS 100 Custom or National ISDN and NI 2 protocols Call by Call and Universal call handling are also supported Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements IL T mu ol ol LI mu o ol mu E B Figure 5 29 PRT 1 U ETU Issue 7 Electra Elite 4 10 2 Installation When a PRT 1 U ETU is installed a CLKG U Unit must be installed on the MBD U10 Unit One PRT 1 U ETU can be installed only in slot S4 87000 or lower For S8000 or higher four PRT 1 U ETUs can be installed in slots S3 S6 limited by 16 trunks 4 10 3 Switch Settings Switch SW1 is a 4 position DIP switch used to assign the application
94. 0000000 90000000 OOO SOD 0 000 gt 000s 4 C C5 lt gt Cx Figure 8 31 Hiding Excess Cord 8 To remove the telephone press the tabs at the bottom as shown in Figure 8 32 Removing the Telephone and push up on the Telephone until it comes loose Figure 8 32 Removing the Telephone Installing Electra Elite IPK and 0 Series i Equipment Electra Elite Issue 7 11 3 Installing Base Cover on a Switch Box 1 Install the Base Cover as shown in Figure 8 33 Installing Base Cover on Switch Box Figure 8 33 Installing Base Cover on Switch Box 2 Install the telephone Figure 8 34 Wall Installation Complete System Hardware Manual 8 25 Issue 7 Electra Elite 11 4 Installing Telephone Using WM R Unit When adapters are used the telephone must be installed on the wall using the WM R Unit 1 Attach WM R Unit using 6 screws as shown in Figure 8 35 Installing WM R Unit on the Wall Place excess line cord in the space in the back of the WM R Unit Figure 8 35 Installing WM R Unit on the Wall Installing Electra Elite IPK and 0 Series i Equipment Electra Elite SECTION 12 INSTALLING DTH DTR OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT System Hardware Manual Issue 7 2 Install the telephone as shown in Figure 8 36 Installing Telephone on WM R Unit Figure 8 36 Installing Telephone on WM R Unit Optional equipment for the DTH DTR Multiline Terminals enh
95. 1 Terminal with LCD ptem Cordless Lite Terminal with LCD 8 line Multiline Terminal without LCD 16 line Multiline Terminal with LCD 16 line Multiline Terminal with LCD 24 line Multiline Terminal with LCD ptem Cordless Terminal with LCD 48 line DSS BLF or outside lines with 12 function keys Single Line Telephone Interface Adapter The Electra Elite 48 has seven slots Slot 1 is a fixed ESI slot that is built in on the MBD U Unit Slot S2 is an ISA slot without MDF connections Slots S3 S6 are interface IF slots with MDF connections Slot S7 is an interface slot without MDF connections Only cards that do not require MDF connections e g CTI 4 8 FMS VMS VRS PBR VDH and ACD 8 can be installed in Slot S2 or Slot S7 Hardware Requirements Electra Elite Issue 7 7 2 1 Determining Telephone and CO Port Numbers Telephone and CO Ports numbers are provided with the Electra Elite 48 system Port numbers are used to count the station numbers and trunk numbers when programming System Data The example below indicates how the CO and trunk numbers can be used The following ETUs are installed for the Figure 3 1 Telephone and CO Port Numbering Example Slot ETU S1 ESI 8 U Built In S2 MIFM U S3 COI 8 U S4 TLI 2 U S5 ESI 8 U S6 SLI 8 U S7 VMS 4 U Telephone CO CO Telephone Telephone Telephone Ports Ports Ports Ports Ports Built In 1 8 9 10 9 16 17
96. 1 WH TEL Single Line Telephone 6 10 Figure 6 11 Connecting a Multiline Terminal to the System 6 11 Figure 6 12 Leading Line Cords on Multiline Terminal uico acc 6 11 Figure 6 13 Connecting the Line Cord and AC et when iis qa a DOU folc 6 12 Figure 6 14 DCU Attendant Console and Multiline Terminal 6 13 Figure 6 15 Adjusting the DTUDTP LOD MPO MED FRED RH REM MM 6 13 Figure 6 16 Installing Line Card and Plastic Panel on DTU DTP Multiline Terminal METTRE Figure 6 17 Installing Plastic Panel on a DTU DTP Multiline Terminal 6 15 Figure 6 18 Removing the Plastic Panel from the Multiline Terminal 6 16 Figure 6 19 Removing D TWD TP SONKOYS treet poe petes dude acces 6 17 Figure 6 20 Locating the Adjustment Tabs on the DTU DTP Multiline Terminal 6 18 Figure 6 21 Raising the Base Plate on the DTU DTP Multiline Terminal 6 18 Figure 6 22 Adjusting the DTU DTP Line Cord Length i t rettet erre oen 6 19 Figure 6 23 Lowering the Base Plate the DTU DTP Multiline Terminal 6 19 Figure 6 24 DM Cordiess Lite Terminal bibant odo lu arbre ea Figure 6 25 ee DRAN 6 21 Figure 6 26 Connecting TNS
97. 10 Unit Disconnecting Cable from the PSU tuta ia ecd installing the PSU in the KSU Mc Fuss a MENT Connecting Built In Batteries uiii e auci aeta ha tee ntt pnis Installing Batteries in the KSU ER eR I inansa Connecting the Batteries to the Power Supply Unit Connecting Cables for External Batteries System Hardware Manual xxiii Issue 7 Figure 4 19 Figure 4 20 Figure 5 1 Figure 5 2 Figure 5 3 Figure 5 4 Figure 5 5 Figure 5 6 Figure 5 7 Figure 5 8 Figure 5 9 Figure 5 10 Figure 5 11 Figure 5 12 Figure 5 13 Figure 5 14 Figure 5 15 Figure 5 16 Figure 5 17 Figure 5 18 Figure 5 19 Figure 5 20 Figure 5 21 Figure 5 22 Figure 5 23 Figure 5 24 xxiv Electra Elite Connecting the External Power Cables to the PSU 4 23 the 4 23 Lic ETU ANT RR T 5 1 Der Strap Grounding aaa 5 2 gM ETU oues b doi din aid dba t iiio Quac luto 5 3 Safety Precautions when Setting Switches an ETU 5 3 Lifting the Ejector Tabs on the ETU 5 4 KSU Backup Battery Replacement 5 10 BRT H U ETU Cone IS HERE kenaan 5 20
98. 11 3 Applying Power to the Base Unit 6 24 Section 12 Installing a D amp Analog Cordless Terminal MENACE 6 25 12 4 Selecting an Installation Location G 6 25 12 2 Connecting the Telephone Cord 0 25 12 3 Applying Power to the Base Unit 6 26 Section 13 D e amp PS Il 6 27 13 1 DOSOnblu Section 14 Wall Mounting the DTP 1 1 DTP 1 2 TEL and DTP 1HM 1 or DTP 1HM 2 TEL 6 28 t41 I Hanger POOK ERE ees 6 28 14 2 Using a Modular Wall Plate Installed 6 29 Chapter 7 Installing Optional Equipment Section 1 General Information ss M nonni 7 1 Section 2 Preparing Multiline Terminal for Adapter Installation 7 1 System Hardware Manual XV Issue 7 xvi Section 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 Electra Elite installation Procedures 7 6 Unit AG AOS DIAN 7 6 3 1 1 Connecting the ACA U Unit 7 6 ADA U Unit Ancillary Device Adapter 7 7 32 1 Installing an ADA U Unit on a Multiline Terminal 7 7 3 2 2 Conne
99. 2 ees ee 8 Remote connector on serial interface MDM F 20 Unit 9 pin RS 232 COM1 e Local serial connector on main ETU for direct connection 6 1 6 CMS U30 ETU Jumper Settings Used only on FMS CMS ew No external modem connected default External modem connected 6 1 7 CMS U30 ETU Connectors J2 Connects to the backplane J6 Used for Compact flash drive on FMS Not used J11 COM port for console programming connection J12 Port expansion connector for DSP U30 System Hardware Manual 5 83 Issue 7 Electra Elite 6 2 CTI VP 4 8 12 16 U ETU 6 2 1 Description The CTI VP 4 8 12 16 U is a 4 8 12 or 16 port Digital Voice Mail system that can support TeLANophy inbound or outbound faxing and Hospitality HVM applications The EliteMail VP cannot support TeLANophy or faxing and Hospitality HVM applications but it can be upgraded to EliteMail CTI when these features are required For a 4 or 8 port system only the System Board and one slot are required For the 12 or 16 port system the Daughter Board that attaches to the System board and the Port Expansion Board that requires another slot are also required This ETU is a PC platform installed in the Electra Elite IPK system that contains hard disk space for voice recording storage and application software A digital signal processor voice processing section handles the fol
100. 2 W Unit Twisted Pair 10 feet AP R R or AP A R Unit Twisted Pair 50 feet APR U or APA U Unit Twisted Pair 50 feet OPX 2 U ETU Twisted Pair 1600 ohms SLI 4 8 U ETU Twisted Pair 300 ohms SLT 1 U ADP Twisted Pair 50 feet Do not mix digital and analog ports through the same 25 pair cable run Table 2 5 Cable Connection Between ESI VDH and PCT Board Connected Maximum Loop Attached Equipment Cable Resistance Telephone quip Ohms PCT C U 10 Base T 35 Connected em 31 Not Connected PCT S U Twisted 1 Pair 35 Connected nn 31 Not Connected 2 8 System Specifications Electra Elite Issue 7 Table 2 6 Cabling Requirements Connected Equipment Cable External Amplifier Hi Fi Shielded Audio Cable Music on Hold and Background Hi Fi Shielded Audio Cable Music Sources Table 2 7 Zone Transceiver Il Range Connected Equipment Range ZT 1 0 Unit without ACA U Unit 3000 feet ZT II U Unit with ACA U Unit 16 404 feet 4 4 Cabling Precautions 4 1 1 Cable Placement When selecting cables and Main Distribution Frame MDF future expansion or assignment changes should be considered Do not run cables in the following places A place exposed to wind or rain A place near heat radiating equipment or where the quality of station cable covering could be affected by gases and chemicals An unstable place subject to vibration 4 1 2 Environmental
101. 223 mm 14 5 oz 1 97 9 47 7 68 ESI UREN 411 g 50 mm 240 mm 195 mm 260z 3 42 5 51 7 48 E Aa TE 737 9 87 mm 140 mm 190 mm 32 oz 3 98 6 89 8 81 cedere 907 g 101mm 175 mm 223 mm 35 oz 3 98 6 89 8 81 UNITED CIEL 992 g 101mm 175 mm 223 mm 39 oz 3 98 8 07 8 81 ep Never 1106 g 101mm 205 mm 223 mm 39 oz 3 98 8 07 8 81 Bee iA TEL 1106 g 101mm 205 mm 223 mm 14 6 oz 1 89 11 47 8 46 EAPO ETY 4149 48 mm 290 mm 214 mm FMS 2 4 8 U ETU 6 4 lbs 1 89 11 47 8 46 FMS VMS CMS U30 ETU 2903 g 48 290 mm 214 7 1 02 2 4 4 2 5 2 201 g 60mm 107mm 133 mm 10 4 oz 1 97 9 47 7 68 ET 294 g 50 240 195 System Specifications Electra Elite Issue 7 Shipping Unit Weight Height Width Depth 8 11 oz 7 5 6 3 0 87 230 g 190 mm 160 mm 22 mm IAD 8 U ETU mm Eg m m 32 oz 5 0 10 10 IPT 8 U 907g 127 mm 254mm 254mm ITH 8D 2 TEL ITH 16D 2 TEL IVR 8 U ETU MG 8 U ETU MIFA U ETU 3 2 9 47 7 pum F 4 x 9 47 7 d PBR U ETU PRT 1 U ETU RAK U10 Unit SLI 4 U ETU 1 E m a 47 7 m un M qM 4 8 TLI 2 U ETU 13 8 oz 391 g 6 4 Ibs 2903 g 6 4 Ibs 2903 g 12 0 oz 340 g VRS 4 U ETU a 4 1 5 9 7 1
102. 24 25 28 1 52 53 54 55 56 57 Figure 3 1 Telephone and CO Port Numbering Example System Hardware Manual 3 5 Issue 7 Electra Elite 7 2 2 Determining the Number of Required Interface ETUs Table 3 1 Number of Required Interface ETUs indicates each feature and the associated hardware necessary for the operation of the feature Table 3 1 Number of Required Interface ETUs Required Required Maxmur Feature ETU Feature Key goes per ystem ANI Caller ID Refer to gt MIFM U KMM 1 0 U 1 Distibuion Refertoss MIFM U WA Least Cost Routing MIFM U KMM 1 0 U 1 PC Programming None 1 SMDR None 1 Uniform Call Distribution MIFA U None 1 Wireless Service Console WSC MIFM U None 1 rz The Caller ID feature works without the MIFM U ETU However the Caller ID scrolling and dialing both require the MIFM U ETU with KMM 1 0 U t ACD Plus ACD requires the MIFM U during installation and servicing 7 2 3 PBR Requirements The Electra Elite 48 system has four built in Push Button Receiver PBR circuits on the MBD U Unit The PBR circuit detects and translates DTMF tones generated by Single Line Telephones facsimile machines modems and analog voice mail ports Incoming DTMF signals can also be detected from a CO trunk using the DISA feature The system Automated Attendant feature and DISA feature must use the MBD U Unit PBR circuits An optional PBR U ETU that pro
103. 4 WALL MOUNTING THE DTP 1 1 oR DTP 1 2 TEL AND DTP 1HM 1 oR DTP 1HM 2 TEL 14 4 DTP Hanger Hook 1 Remove the hook from the unit Figure 6 30 Removing the DTP Hook 2 Turn the hook with the tab toward the top Ox Figure 6 31 Turning the Hook Over 6 28 Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Electra Elite Issue 7 3 Slide the hook on its glides back down into position forming the hanger hook for the handset Figure 6 32 Sliding the Hook into Position 14 2 Using a Modular Wall Plate Installed 1 Unscrew the three screws on the unit to remove the plate Figure 6 33 Removing the Screws System Hardware Manual 6 29 Issue 7 2 Electra Elite Replace the plate and screw in the two positions One remaining screw can be screwed at the original third position Figure 6 34 Replacing the Plate and Screw Loosen the screws on the wall phone plate to protrude a bit Figure 6 35 Protruding Screws Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Electra Elite Issue 7 4 Install the telephone on the protruding screws on the plate Figure 6 36 Mounting the Telephone System Hardware Manual 6 31 Issue 7 Electra Elite THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Installing Optional Equipment CHAPTER 7 SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION SECTION 2 PREPARING MULTILINE TERMINAL FOR ADAPTER INSTALLATION System Hardware Manual Optio
104. 4 U ETU has two connectors Connects to the backboard Performs maintenance functions 7 3 6 Connections There are no physical connections to the MDF for the CCH ETU 5 118 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 74 ECR U ETU 7 4 1 Description The ECR U ETU provides external relay control for Zone Paging systems 3 relays External Ringing control relays 4 relays Night Chime ringing control 1 relay and two general purpose relays There are two audio jacks One provides the both way audio for paging system The other provides a tone output for External Tone Ringing and Night Chime External BGM Maximum power capacity Source for RLYs 1 3 is 10 W Pin 2 External Amplifier i CN 2 Connector SPKR OUT Zone Paging 2 Output from MDF Zone B PA N Zone C Pd Pin 3 CN 2 Connector SPKR OUT Pin 4 External Amplifier External Paging RCA Jack Figure 5 62 ECR U Block Diagram System Hardware Manual 5 119 Issue 7 5 120 7 4 2 7 4 3 7 4 4 Electra Elite Installation Install only one ECR U in slots S3 S6 LED Indications Live LED indications are listed below Blinking Red Normal Operation Steady Red Operation Stopped power Off No Power Busy LED indications are listed below Steady Red Some Relays Busy
105. 4 U to IPT 8 U ETU Conversion 5 47 Ae TE 496 SUNSI 5 48 BOS Conneccion Oe 210 PRT Y ETU Gen Himsa 4 10 1 Description TUNE a uis 4 10 2 Installation E eu ee E ES 7 CARS OU RAGA LED BUE OK MEE 4105 Alarm GONCIIONS RETURNS ee 4 10 7 Connections R 5 53 ATT TELAN ETU pem 5 54 4 11 1 Description Ort EI 4 11 2 Installation e 4 11 3 Switch Settings ERSTES E 5 55 4 11 4 LED Indications dp MU 5 55 411 5 auopsuddidelveddti fen MM D ME OE SINON ETUS eS 5 57 51 reciever e rO 5 57 5 1 1 esnie a NU 5 1 2 Installation csiis Ern errs ml viii Table of Contents Electra Elite Issue 7 5 1 3 ue SERIE arabi pe Er Pub FEX O 5 1 4 gt RET T TI CONECO oie n odd e Dues ee UG PETU 5 60 5 21 Description etm Puce nde A Ced THEN 5 60 5 2 2 e 5 61 5 2 3 c pra dpt Eo eer 5 61 5 2 4 2 E 5 61 5 2 5 ONSEN
106. 4 only Only DTMF signaling is supported COIB 4 U20 30 This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk on port 3 only For COI mode ETUs can be installed in slots S3 S6 SEIT S For COID mode Two Caller ID ETUs must be installed in slot S3 or S8000 or higher S4 7000 or lower For COID mode S8000 or higher Four Caller ID ETUs can be installed in slots S3 S6 The maximum number depends on other Trunk cards installed This ETU shares the total number of CO PBX lines in the system Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements This ETU can function the same as the COI 8 U or COID 8 U ETU to provide Central Office interface Only the COIB 8 U30 ETU can support the CO Message Waiting Indication feature S9500 When ETU is set for COID mode Loop Start trunks and Caller ID trunks are supported When the ETU is set for COI mode Loop Start is supported Ground Start Trunks are not supported Caller ID is not supported in COI mode Fax CO Branch is not supported IM Only DTMF signaling is supported ETE COIB 8 U20 30 This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk on port 3 or 7 zi For mode ETUs can be installed in slots S3 S6 COID Mode For COID mode One Caller ID ETU must be installed in slot S3 or 2 ETU S4 S7000 or lower For COID mode S8000 or higher Two Caller ID ETUs can be installed in slots S3 S6 The maximum number depends on other Trunk cards installed This ET
107. 5 111 Issue 7 5 112 Electra Elite Table 5 53 BSU 2 U ETU Default Switch Settings SW1 Description Momentary Switch BSU Reset SW2 1 Description Off Reports BSU ID to Main S W Master On Does not report BSU ID to Main S W Slave Sw2 2 Description Off Boot by Flash memory Default On Boot from EPROM IC30 SW2 3 Description Off Normal Operation Default On Test Mode SW2 4 Description Off Watch Dog Timer On Default On Watch Dog Timer Off Pressing SW1 interrupts all Wireless users connected to the BSU 2 U ETU Use this switch only as a last resort Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 7 2 4 LED Indications Table 5 54 BSU 2 U ETU LED Indications Link Status for ZT1 Layer 1 Up Layer 1 Up Layer 1 Down Layer 2 Up Layer 2 Down Layer 2 Down Link Status for ZT2 Layer 1 Up Layer 1 Up Layer 1 Down Layer 2 Up Layer 2 Down Layer 2 Down 3 Not used Always Off 4 5 Status for ZT1 Refer to Table 5 55 ZT Status Table for LEDs 5 and 6 6 Status for ZT2 7 Always Off 8 9 BSU Status Alarm Normal Operation Not Operating 10 LIVE Operation stopped Normal Operation No Power Power still on System Hardware Manual 5 113 Issue 7 Electra Elite Table 5 55 ZT Status Table for LEDs 5 and 6 Lamp Off Line is not Connected Lamp On indications are shown below No Flicker ZT is in standby
108. 7 3 2 Electra Elite DTP 1HM 1 or DTP 1HM 2 TEL The Single Line Telephone is a fully modular terminal with a flash key redial key 3 level receive volume control 2 level ring volume control data jack message waiting lamp and eight programmable Feature Access Speed Dial keys Each terminal requires an SLT 1 U ADP or SLI 4 8 U ETU A maximum of 24 DTP 1HM 1 or DTP 1HM 2 TELs can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system Figure 6 10 DTP 1HM 1 WH TEL Single Line Telephone te H switch setting for the receive volume control should only be used by hearing impaired individuals otherwise hearing damage may occur This telephone complies with HAC Hearing Aid Compatible volume control defined by section 68 317 of the FCC Rules and Regulations 1996 edition te H switch setting for the receive volume control should only be used by hearing impaired individuals otherwise hearing damage may occur This telephone complies with HAC Hearing Aid Compatible volume control defined by section 68 317 of the FCC Rules and Regulations 1996 edition Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Electra Elite SECTION 4 CoNNECTING A DTU DTP TERMINAL TO THE SYSTEM System Hardware Manual Issue 7 These instructions for connecting a Multiline Terminal to the system apply to all of the Electra Elite Multiline Terminals 1 Plug the telephone cord in the modular jack on the bottom side of the Multiline Te
109. 7 8 9 3 11639 123mm 197mm 235 DTR 1 1 TEL DTP 2DT 1 TEL DTR 2DT 1 TEL DTU 4R 1 TEL DTP 8 1 TEL DTU 8 1 TEL DTH 8 1 TEL DTR 8 1 TEL DTP 8D 1 TEL 43 5 oz 4 8 7 8 9 3 DTU 8D 2 TEL 12339 123 197 235 DTH 8D 1 TEL 43 5 oz 4 78 10 2 9 8 DTR 8D 1 TEL 12339 122mm 260mm 250mm 53 oz 6 00 9 08 8 04 1503 g 152 mm 230 mm 204 mm DTP 16HC 1 TEL System Hardware Manual 2 17 Issue 7 2 18 Electra Elite Shipping t Unit Weight Height Width Depth DTP 16 1 TEL 41 oz 4 8 7 8 9 3 DTU 16 1 TEL 1162 g 123 197mm 235 DTP 16D 1 TEL 43 5 oz 4 8 7 8 9 3 DTU 16D 2 TEL 1233 g 123 197 235 mm DTH 16D 1 TEL 43 5 oz 4 78 10 2 9 8 DTR 16D 1 TEL 1233 g 122 mm 260mm 250mm DTP 32 1 TEL 46 oz 4 8 8 7 9 3 DTU 32 1 TEL 1304 g 123mm 220mm 235 mm DTP 32D 1 TEL 48 oz 4 8 8 7 9 3 DTU 32D 2 TEL 1361 g 123 220mm 235 mm DTH 32D 1 TEL 48 oz 4 78 10 2 9 8 DTR 32D 1 TEL 1361 g 122mm 260mm 250 mm 14 4 oz 4 5 6 1 8 62 DARAMI TEE 408g 114 mm 153mm 218 mm 15 4 oz 2 25 4 25 7 5 437 9 57 108 mm 191 mm 21 2 oz 1 97 9 47 7 68 ECRU ETU 344 9 50 mm 240mm 195 mm 49 oz 2 72 6 89 8 81 PR RAET 13890 69mm 175mm
110. 8 system is first powered up an initialization is performed During this process the MBD U10 Unit located on the backplane of the B48 U10 KSU scans each interface slot to determine the hardware configuration used This information is stored in the resident system program memory with the system default values This section provides test procedures that are used before during and after the initialization process 3 2 Before Initializing The technician must follow these steps before initializing the system 3 2 1 Cable Connections All wiring for power supplies or flat cable connectors should be checked for solid connections 3 2 2 AC DC Power Check all power with an AC DC multimeter Refer to Table 10 1 Voltage Measurement Run this test with no additional interface cards installed 10 2 System Maintenance Electra Elite Table 10 1 Voltage Measurement Issue 7 Voltages Tolerance Measuring Points ESI 8 U ETU or MBD U10 5 0 25V ESI 8 U ETU or MBD U10 Off hook line current Unit 26 28V Unit 45V TP1 45V 24N TP2 GND TP3 24V AC Voltage 117 Vac 117 Vac 15 AC Terminal Strip Live to Neutral 117 Vac 15 Live L to N Live to Conduit Ground 117 Vac 15 Live L to G Neutral to Conduit Ground 0 05 Vac maximum Live N to G Ring Generator SLT 70 120 Vac 20Hz Across Tip and Ring of Ringing SLT CO Line 25 50 mA In series with Tip side of the CO line at
111. AL DO NOT PLACE USED BATTERIES IN YOUR REGULAR TRASH THE PRODUCT YOU PURCHASED CONTAINS A NICKEL CADMIUM OR SEALED LEAD BATTERY NICKEL CADMIUM OR SEALED LEAD BATTERIES MUST BE COLLECTED RECYCLED OR DISPOSED OF IN AN ENVIRONMENTALLY SOUND MANNER The incineration landfilling or mixing of nickel cadmium or sealed lead batteries with the municipal solid waste stream is PROHIBITED BY LAW in most areas Contact your local solid waste management officials for other information regarding the environmentally sound collection recycling and disposal of the battery Nickel Cadmium or sealed lead batteries must be returned to a federal or state approved nickel cadmium or sealed lead battery recycler This may be where the batteries were originally sold or a local seller of automotive batteries Contact your local waste management officials for other information regarding the environmentally sound collection recycling and disposal of the battery contained in this product For Ni Cd batteries you can also call 1 800 8 BATTERY if further information is required The packaging for the Electra Elite system contains the following labels regarding proper disposal Issue 7 Electra Elite PRODUCT PACKAGE LABELING CONTAINS NICKEL CADMIUM BATTERY BATTERY MUST BE RECYCLED OR DISPOSED OF PROPERLY MUST NOT BE DISPOSED OF IN MUNICIPAL WASTE CONTAINS SEALED LEAD BATTERY BATTERY MUST BE RECYCLED MUST NOT BE DISPOSED OF IN MUNICIPAL WASTE
112. CONTAINS NICKEL METAL HYDRIDE BATTERY BATTERY MUST BE RECYCLED OR DISPOSED OF PROPERLY MUST NOT BE DISPOSED OF IN MUNICIPAL WASTE Regulatory Information Table of Contents Chapter 1 Introduction Section 1 General InfOFmallODi bk nena IM CR UE E ESAE 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section 2 Equipment Description enne 1 4 2 celer M Me 1 4 Chapter 2 System Specifications Section General Information CIE REEF 2 1 Section 2 System Block Diagram eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee enne nnn 2 1 Section 38 Maximum System Capacities 2 5 Section 4 System Requirements and Specifications Cabling Requirements and Specifications 2 6 4 1 EDS TERN sacra p UR DRE MENOR GNO Mosi GT o DE MM o ep DE DE MM ME 2 9 4 1 1 Cable 2 9 4 1 2 Environmental Conditions bos cdie re 2 9 A2 B ascende nacen 2 10 4 2 1 Power Supply IMPUIS Merc RUE 2 10 4 2 2 Power Supply Consumption 2 10 4 2 3 F sse Replacement 2 10 4o Guide LIne cae ue dieci eio io Ro EE EE iat eos 2 11 4 4 Transmission Network and Control Specifications
113. D AII Calls Set Red BLF or Special Mode while pressing Fra DSS Key 0 going off line 0 0 5 1 0 1 5 2 0 sec 2 24 System Specifications Hardware Requirements SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION SECTION 2 PROGRAMMING STATIONS SECTION 3 ATTENDANT STATIONS SECTION 4 PROGRAMMING FROM A PC System Hardware Manual CHAPTER 3 The technician should be familiar with the Electra Elite 48 system before attempting to install it Review this chapter carefully Two programming positions are available in the Electra Elite 48 system Station equipment that is connected to the first ESI 8 U ETU is automatically set as a programming position and must be a display Multiline Terminal An unlimited number of Attendant positions can be assigned in the Electra Elite 48 system An Attendant Position can have one to four DCU 60 1 Consoles attached Each Attendant Console must be supported by an ESI 8 U ETU A maximum of four Attendant Consoles can be installed in each Electra Elite 48 system Electra Elite 48 systems can be programmed from a personal computer The Menu Programming option available with PC Programming allows the technician end user easy access to all information that can be programmed on the Electra Elite 48 system The PC must be a 486 or higher and have Windows 95 or higher to be compatible with the Electra Elite 48 system Issue 7 SECTION 5 PROGRAMMING FROM A MULTILINE TERMI
114. DTP 16HC 1 TEL or Cordless terminals When this Analog Port Ringer adapter is used an additional Single Line Telephone or a modem can be connected to a Multiline Terminal This adapter can be installed on any DTH DTR Multiline Terminal except DTR 2DT 1 TEL When this Analog Port Ringer adapter is used an additional Single Line Telephone or a modem can be connected to an Electra Elite Multiline Terminal This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU Multiline Terminal except DTP 2DT 1 TEL DTP 16HC 1 TEL or Cordless terminals 32 32 32 1 18 Introduction Electra Elite Issue 7 KSU Maximum Equipment Name Description Quantities TAPI Microsoft Telephony Application Programming Interface adapter allows a Multiline Terminal to be connected to a PC The terminal must be within 5 feet 1 5m of the PC When the length of CT A R Unit 24AWG twisted 1 pair cable exceeds 200 feet an AC A R adapter 32 is necessary This adapter can be installed on any DTH DTR Multiline Terminal except DTR 2DT 1 TEL TAPI Microsoft Telephony Application Programming Interface adapter allows an Electra Elite Multiline Terminal to be connected to CTA U Unit a PC 32 This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU Multiline Terminal except DTP 2DT 1 TEL DTP 16HC 1 TEL or Cordless terminals This unit is a CTA adapter for Universal Serial Bus with ESI 8 U ETU connection CTU S U Unit 32 This ada
115. Ds that indicate status and activity A HUB is a switching point for data that comes together from individual ports A switch determines the port where the data should be forwarded and regulates transmission The HUB 8 U ETU provides an efficient platform when multiple ETUs that require Ethernet connection are installed in the Electra Elite KSU One port can be a source port and another port can be set as a target port to mirror the source and monitor data traffic Figure 5 64 HUB 8 U ETU 5 122 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 7 5 2 Installation The HUB 8 U ETU cannot be installed in a KSU that contains EliteMail VP and IVR or CTI and IVR systems rz This ETU has an attached green cable that must be connected to frame ground Only one HUB 8 U ETU can be installed in slots 51 58 The system is limited by 32 stations This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system 7 5 3 Switch Settings Press switch SW1 to Reset the HUB 8 U ETU 7 5 4 LED Indications Refer to Table 5 59 HUB 8 U LEDS Table 5 59 HUB 8 U LEDS LED ON OFF Blinking LED1 No Power to ETU Normal Operation RJ45C Yellow 100 Mbps 10 Mbps N A RJ45C Green LINK No Link Data Tx Rx 7 5 5 Connectors System Hardware Manual The HUB 8 U ETU the following connectors Connects to the Backboard CNS3 Three pin Jumper Pins 2 and 3 are shorted for Normal opera
116. HDD active light is red when the hard drive is accessed ts Do not reset the ETU while this switch is on LED 4 CF Power On when shutdown switch in Run to indicate power on the ETU LED 5 ICGA Live LED flashes every 125 ms during normal operation LED 6 Shut Down Indicates that the switch has no software control Switch On red only when SHUTDOWN switch is in Run LED 7 Shutdown On red when SHUTDOWN switch is in SHUT DOWN to indicate that voice mail can be safely removed form the KSU LED 8 Power On red when ETU is receiving power from the KSU LED 9 FED DSP Used only for development purposes LED 10 CH1 On red when voice channel 1 is Off Hook LED 11 CH2 On red when voice channel 2 is Off Hook LED12 CH3 On red when voice channel 3 is Off Hook LED 13 CH4 On red when voice channel 4 is Off Hook LED 14 5 On red when voice channel 5 is Off Hook LED 15 CH6 On red when voice channel 6 is Off Hook LED 16 CH7 On red when voice channel 7 is Off Hook LED17 CH8 On red when voice channel 8 is Off Hook t The first four channel LEDs are also used during startup to show that the BICOM driver is loaded LED 1 Scan disk successfully completed LED 2 CoSession Host successfully Loaded LED 3 and voice mail started successfully LED 4 After the system is up and running and all channels are ready to receive calls these LEDs are Off When voice mail does not start successfully all eight channel LEDs and LED 1 are On Installing Electronic Telep
117. I 8 U ETU Electra Elite Installation A maximum of four SLI 4 U or three SLI 8 U ETUs can be installed in slots S3 S6 LED Indications LED 1 indications are listed below Blinking Red Normal Operation Steady Red Operation Stopped power on Off No Power LED 2 indications are listed below Steady Red Some port s busy Off All ports idle Connectors The SLI 4 8 U ETU has one connector Connects to the backboard Connections YLORDO BKOGRO Figure 5 41 SLI 4 8 U ETU Connections Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 5 6 VDH2 8 U ETU 5 6 1 Description The VDH2 8 U ETU integrates both LAN and station cabling This is a standard ESI ETU with additional circuitry for the LAN integration function Key Telephones are connected to the VDH2 8 U ETU using a VDD U Unit Each VDH2 8 U ETU has a built in HUB facility with eight ports IEEE 802 3 10Base T A VDD U adapter is required at each digital station or Attendant Console Refer to 3 11 1 Installing a VDD U Unit on a Multiline Terminal in Chapter 7 on page 7 38 5 6 2 Specifications Refer to Table 5 30 VDH2 8 U ETU Specifications Table 5 30 VDH2 8 U ETU Specifications Description Specifications General Specifications Access Method CSMA CD Method IEEE 802 3 Transmission Speed 10 Mbps Transmission Interface 10Base 2
118. KTS from the PC environment Elite VoIP Gateway Card Installation Manual This manual describes the IPT 4 8 U10 ETU an optional interface for the Electra Elite KTS that can combine trunk and tie line calls into Voice over internet Protocol VoIP Gateway trunks THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Regulatory Information GENERAL INFORMATION COMPANY NOTIFICATION System Hardware Manual Regulatory Information Established Federal Communications Commission FCC rules permit this telephone system to be directly connected to the telephone network A jack is provided by the telephone company Jacks for this type of customer provided equipment are not provided on party lines or coin lines When the telephone company makes changes in its technical operations and procedures that affect the compatibility or use of the Electra Elite system it is required to give adequate notice of the changes Before connecting this telephone system to the telephone network the following information must be provided to the telephone company 1 Your telephone number 2 FCC registration number When the system is to be installed as a Key Function system no dial access to Trunk Groups Route Advance Blocks use the following number NIFMUL 43074 KF E When the system is to be installed as a Multifunction system use the following number NIFMUL 43076 MF E When the system is to be installed as a PBX System use the following numb
119. L RD R R R R R 5 45 YL SL GN T T T T T L 20 SL YL RD R R R R R O 46 VI BL GN T T T T 21 BL VI RD R R R 4 47 VI OR GN T T T 22 OR VI RD R R R 48 VI GN GN Bn T 23 GN VI RD R R R 49 VI BR GN T T 24 BR VI RD R R R 50 55 TO CO MDF FOR PFT gt Slot 1 is ESI 8 U built in on the MBD U10 Unit IF Slots 2 and 7 do not have MDF connections These slots can be used for VRS PBR or VDH 4 6 Installing the KSU Electra Elite Issue 7 Table 4 1 MDF Cable Connections Continued Station Station COl Running Cable Cable ESI 8 P OP or Pa ECR p DTU ETW 8 COID 2 4 AMPHENOL 2 T T T GND TA EP 271 R R R R R R TB Zone 3 1 T T E41 RA pPe T DP3 Zr I R T DP 4 R T T T DLR ZTII RR R 1 1 T T T DLR 2 T DLR ZTII RR R 3 2 Tir T DLR 4 TS T DP 1 RR R T DP2 RR R T R R R T DP 4 RR R ThT T DLR 1 T T T DLR 2 T T T DLR 3 T DLR 4 58000 or higher System Hardware Manual 4 7 Issue 7 Electra Elite Table 4 1 MDF Cable Connections Continued col KOE Pin Runnin
120. Mem 6 6 2 7 a 6 7 Single Line Telephones 6 9 3 1 TEL 223 05 ers ee esse ne een ey 6 9 A2 CPST oF IPA TEL 10 Connecting a DTU DTP Terminal to the System 6 11 Connecting DCU Attendant Console to a Multiline Terminal 6 12 Adjusting the DTU DTP LCD ER c 6 13 Installing DTU DTP Line Cards and Plastic Panels EPA 6 14 Xiv Table of Contents Electra Elite Issue 7 7 1 Line Card and Plastic Panel Installation 6 14 Te Plastic Panel Removal RR TM 6 15 Section8 Removing DTU DTP Softkeys arit baa 6 17 Section 9 Adjusting DTU DTP Multiline Terminal Height 6 18 Section 10 Installing a D amp Cordless Lite or iiis Cordless ll Terminal s 6 20 10 1 Selecting an Installation Location 6 20 10 2 Connecting the Telephone Cords 6 21 10 3 Applying Power to the Base Unit 6 22 Section 11 Installing D amp Handset Cordless Terminal em 6 23 11 1 Selecting an Installation Location 11 2 Connecting the Telephone Cord 6 23
121. NAL SECTION 6 ELECTRA ELITE 48 REMOTE PC PROGRAMMING Electra Elite Programming for the Electra Elite 48 system is accomplished through PC Programming As an added convenience programming for the system can be accomplished using Electra Elite or Electra Professional Multiline Terminals with LCD Multiline Terminal programming should be used after the system is installed and any initial assignments are made Using the Multiline Terminal provides a quick way to access system data and make changes to data items To program from a Multiline Terminal one of the following terminals is required e DTP DTH DTR 8D 1 TEL DTU 8D 2 TEL DTP DTH DTR 16D 1 TEL DTU 16D 2 TEL DTP DTH DTR 32D 1 TEL DTU 32D 2 TEL ETW 16DC 1 2 TEL ETW 16DD 1 2 TEL ETW 24DS 1 2 TEL Go 0000706005 The Electra Elite 48 system can be programmed from a remote location using a personal computer 6 1 Remote Programming To provide remote programming the following hardware is required Analog CO Trunk or system SLT Port not needed when the optional internal modem is used A straight RS 232C cable and adapter provided with the MIFM U ETU cable to connect a locally provided modem not needed when the optional internal modem is used MIFM U installed in the Electra Elite 48 system Hardware Requirements Electra Elite SECTION 7 DETERMINING REQUIRED EQUIPMENT System Hardware Manual Station Equipment Issue 7 To determine
122. NOTICE Note that when converting this document from its original format to a pdf file some minor font and format changes may occur causing slight variations When viewing and printing this document we cannot guarantee that your specific PC or printer will support all of the fonts or graphics Therefore when you view the document fonts may be substituted and your individual printer may not have the capability to print the document correctly amp le trac 8 SYSTEM HARDWARE MANUAL CD Stock Number 750336 NEC Unified Solutions Inc reserves the right to change the specifications functions or features at any time without notice NEC Unified Solutions Inc has prepared this document for use by its employees and customers The information contained herein is the property of NEC Unified Solutions Inc and shall not be reproduced without prior written approval of NEC Unified Solutions Inc D is a registered trademark of NEC Corporation and Electra Elite is registered trademark of NEC America Inc Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation AT amp T is a registered trademark of AT amp T Wireless Services Inc Copyright 2004 NEC Infrontia Inc 6535 N State Highway 161 Irving TX 75039 2402 Technology Development GENERAL INFORMATION THIS MANUAL Preface Congratulations You have purchased the NEC Electra Elite System The Electra Elite 48 system is a feature rich key system
123. Nominal level per frequency 6 4 dBm Minimum level per frequency Low Group 10 dBm High Group 8 dBm Maximum level per frequency 0 dBm Rise Time Within 5 ms System Specifications Electra Elite Issue 7 Duration of Dual Frequency Signal 110 ms default 60 ms minimum Interdigital Time 80 ms default 70 ms minimum Nominal High Group Frequencies Hz 697 Nominal Low Group 770 Frequencies Hz 852 941 4 6 Battery Backup The Electra Elite 48 system has two battery backup functions one for system backup and one for memory backup 4 6 1 System Backup During power failure the system is backed up using a rechargeable battery This battery backup supports all of the system operations for approximately 30 minutes 4 6 2 Memory Backup The MBD U10 Unit has a battery installed to provide backup of system memory When the battery is fully charged system memory customer data is retained for approximately 21 days 4 7 Weights and Dimensions Table 2 10 Weights and Dimensions indicates the shipping weight height width and depth of the Electra Elite 48 KSU and each ETU Multiline Terminal and adapter System Hardware Manual 2 15 Issue 7 2 16 Table 2 10 Weights and Dimensions Electra Elite Unit p Height Width Depth ous eee ACA U Unit 658 o T Rem 5 AEDS ETU 2h 9 AD A R Unit oF amp T ADA U
124. Normal Operation Steady Red Operation Stopped power on Off No Power LED 1 indications are listed below On Some receiving signaling Off All PBR s idle 7 10 4 Connectors The PBR U has one connector to the backboard 5 142 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 7 7 11 VRS 4 U 7 11 1 Description The Voice Recording Service ETU provides record playback of voice messages for the Automated Attendant Voice Prompt and Delay Announcement features The VRS 4 U ETU must use the built in PBR circuits on the MBD U10 Unit for Automated Attendant or DISA Each VRS 4 U ETU has four record playback channels The maximum voice recording time for each channel is 240 seconds The technician can select one of four message lengths The available message lengths and the maximum number of messages that can be recorded are listed in the following table Maximum Number of Message Length Recorded Messages 15 seconds 16 30 seconds 8 60 seconds 4 120 seconds 2 2 SP1 36 o SP2 s Ei 2 Figure 5 70 VRS 4 U ETU 5 143 Issue 7 Electra Elite 7 11 2 Installation Two VRS 4 U10 ETUs can be installed in slots S2 S7 7 11 3 Switch Settings Refer to Table 5 71 VRS 4 U ETU Default Switch Settings Table 5 71 VRS 4 U Default Switch Settings
125. Not Used No power to ETU LED 5 ICGA Live LED Not Used Red every DE Operation is shut 125ms during down operation LED 6 Switch 53 Do not remove Voice Red when S3 in Not Used 3 not in RUN Indication Mail from KSU RUN position LED 7 SHUT DOWN Safe to remove Voice Mail from KSU S3 not in SHUT DOWN position Red when S3 in SHUT DOWN LED 8 Power Receiving KSU power Red if power is on Not Used No KSU power LED 9 FED DSP For development only Not Used Not Used Not Used LED 10 CH1 OFF ON HOCK status Red for Off hook Not Used On Hook LED 11 CH2 OFF ON HOCK status Red for Off hook Not Used On Hook LED 14 CH5 OFF ON HOOK status Red for Off hook Not Used On Hook LED 15 CH6 OFF ON HOOK status Red for Off hook Not Used On Hook LED 16 CH7 OFF ON HOOK status Red for Off hook Not Used On Hook LED 17 CH8 OFF ON HOOK status Red for Off hook Not Used On Hook The first four channel LEDS are also used during startup to signify LED 1 BICOM driver loaded LED 2 Scandisk completed successfully LED 4 IVR 8 U ETU started successfully After system is up and running these LEDs are turned off and all channels are ready to receive calls When the IVR 8 U fails to start all eight channel LEDs and the BCLR LEDs 1 are on 5 134 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 Table 5 66 IVR 8 U ETU Ready LED Indications shows the status of the IVR 8 U
126. ORDLESS TERMINAL System Hardware Manual Issue 7 Selecting an Installation Location Select a location for the DTP 16HC 1 TEL to avoid excessive heat or humidity The base unit should be placed on a desk or tabletop near a standard 120 Vac outlet and within reach of the telephone line connection on the Electra Elite Multiline Terminal Keep the base unit and the handset away from sources of electrical noise e g fluorescent lighting Depending on your environment the maximum number of cordless devices used without interference varies Connecting the Telephone Cord The Base Unit of the DTP 16HC 1 Tel has two jacks on the back LINE and DC24V Observe the following warnings during installation 3 Never install telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never touch uninsulated telephone wires or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Using the telephone line cord supplied with the terminal connect the LINE jack to the telephone line Issue 7 Electra Elite Figure 6 27 Handset Cordless Terminal 11 3 Applying Power to the Base Unit 1 Power to charge the battery is supplied from the Telephone line 2 ACA U Unit must be installed in the optional DC24V jack on the Base Unit to provide power for the Handset Cordless terminal 3 Plug the ACA U Unit into a
127. Office interface When ETU is set for COID mode Loop Start trunks and or Caller ID trunks are supported When the ETU is set for COI mode Loop Start or Ground Start is supported Caller ID is not supported in COI mode Connections for Ground Start trunks are polarity sensitive Only DTMF signaling is supported This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk For COID mode Caller ID trunks must be installed in slot S3 or S4 87000 or lower For COID mode S8000 or higher Caller ID trunks can be installed in slots S3 S6 The maximum number depends on other Trunk cards installed This ETU shares the total number of CO PBX lines in the system Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements COI Mode 4 ETUS 16 CO PBX lines COID Mode 2 ETUs 16 CO Class lines 58000 or higher Introduction Electra Elite Issue 7 KSU Maximum Equipment Name Description Quantities This ETU can function the same as the COI 4 U or COID 4 U ETU to provide Central Office interface This ETU has transmit and receive pad controls Only the COIB 4 U30 ETU can support the CO Message Waiting Indication feature 89500 When ETU is set for COID mode Loop Start trunks and Caller ID trunks are supported When the ETU is set for COI mode Loop Start is supported Ground Start Trunks are not supported Caller ID is not supported in COI mode Fax CO Branch support is provided on port
128. On Tone Call Alert Notification 440 Continuous ni Attendant Tone Override DIT Alert Tone 480 620 Continuous 95sec CEO ee Call Forward Alert Tone Call Forward 350 440 posse Configuration Tone System Hardware Manual Issue 7 Electra Elite Table 2 12 Multiline Terminal LED Flash Pattern LED Condition Color Flash Patterns 1 Incoming Call I Hold Linekey Call Hold O Hold Recall Transfer Recall Live Monitoring Mode Message Waiting on Line Key Microphone ON MIC ON Electra Elite IPK Series i l Use ICM Incoming Call ICM Voice Over Broker Linekey Incoming Internal Call mE Incoming Outside Call Green Message from Attendant Voice Mail Message ON Red System Data Entry Red Conference in Progress Barge In Red All Conference Circuits Used Red Conf Hold Conference Call Red m mam m ICM Call Hold Red MMM SPD Confirmation Red Incoming Trunk Red SES _ m _ _ m Exclusive Hold Green M M User Ringing Line Preference Red Voice Over with Broker s Call Green T e Callback Set Red J U Auto Repeat Set Red Fegture ON to set function Red TERR Call FWD All Calls Set Red z Use Hold Linekey DND Call FW
129. Only one IVR 8 U ETU can be installed in slots S1 S8 This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system The system is limited by 32 stations When installing this ETU make all ETU DIP bU switch setting changes before inserting it in the KSU Ensure that KSU is off Switch Settings Refer to Table 5 64 IVR 8 U ETU Switch Settings Table 5 64 IVR 8 U ETU Switch Settings Switch Default Description SW1 Off Resets the ETU setting Leave at factory default SW2 1 Not used for IVR ETU Leave at factory default setting SW2 2 Restores the ETU to factory default settings when set to ON Leave at factory default unless factory defaults must be restored then set SW2 2 SW2 3 to On SW2 3 Restores the ETU to factory default settings when set to ON Leave at factory default unless factory defaults must be restored then set SW2 2 and SW2 3 to On Sws ON Toggles to switch the IVR between Off and On System Hardware Manual 5 133 Issue 7 Electra Elite 7 8 4 LED Indications Refer to Table 5 65 IVR 8 U ETU LED Indications Table 5 65 IVR 8 U ETU LED Indications Off LED 1 AP1 Running without errors Green Running with errors Not Used Not Used Application Software Not Running LED 2 AP2 Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used LED 3 DRIVE Hard Drive Access Red if accessed When not Not Used accessed LED 4 CF PWR Power to the ETU Red if power is on
130. S3 in SHUTDOWN 3 Wait for red SHUT DOWN LED to come On 4 Remove the IPCA U from the KSU 5 128 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 7 7 5 Switch Settings System Hardware Manual 1 Resets ETU 52 1 Normal Off On to set default networking values t When IP address setting is lost the IPCA U can be rebooted with switch S2 1 On to set temporary default networking values IPC IP Address Assignment 192 168 0 1 IPC Subnet Mask Assignment 255 255 255 0 IPC Router Address Assignment 0 0 0 0 DHCP Client Assignment Disable IPC Host Name mgc 52 2 Used to enable ON or disable OFF Log File for troubleshooting S2 3 4 Not used S3 SHUTDOWN switch used to start or stop the application 5 129 Issue 7 5 130 7 7 6 LED Indications Electra Elite Refer to Table 5 63 IPCA U ETU LED Indications Table 5 63 IPCA U ETU LED Indications LED Name Color Controller ON OFF ar Application 1 AP1 Green AP Application stopped Normal default MG ETU not 2 AP2 Red AP hikes F registered 9 default Not accessing 3 Drive Red BIOS Accessing drive drive default Compact Flash Compact Flash T neg power On power Off Switch S3 in 6 Switch S3LED Red Hardware Switch S3in SHUT DOWN RUN default Application shut y SHUT DOWN Red BIOS down OK to 9 remove ETU nor remo
131. T6 Shielded wire AD A unit lt Cassette T7 Wire nTeor Q recorder REMOTE T3 o814 TCM 5000EV T 15 Sots Mini plug Mini plug T7 oT8 SONY connection cord Te OO correspond CN em LINE IN CN2 Figure 8 45 AD A Connection for Recording Only System Hardware Manual 8 35 Issue 7 Electra Elite 3 When sending recorded calls to the terminal Set the DSW Switch to settings shown in Figure 8 46 DSW Switch Settings for Sending Voice Calls to Terminal and connect wiring to recorder as shown in Figure 8 47 Connections for Sending Calls to The Terminal Figure 8 46 DSW Switch Settings for Sending Voice Calls to Terminal AD A unit Cassette o recorder 75 0 TCM 5000EV Mini plug Mini plug 77 SONY connection cord T9 correspond EAR PHONE CN2 Figure 8 47 Connections for Sending Calls to The Terminal 14 2 2 Installing Core and Shielded Cable 1 Remove the screw shown on Figure 8 48 Removing Cover and carefully open the AD A R Unit Figure 8 48 Removing Cover 8 36 Installing Electra Elite IPK D Series i Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 7 Insert cable into the AD A R Unit terminal fit a cap included with the Unit over the cable and push to anchor it as shown in Figure 8 49 Core Cable Installation The core cable should be inserted with its cover The shielded cable should be bu
132. TU 3 VDH2 8 U ETU 24 System Hardware Manual 2 5 Issue 7 SECTION 4 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS CABLING REQUIREMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS Electra Elite Table 2 2 Maximum System Capacities Continued Item B48 U10 KSU Item B48 U10 KSU DID 4 U ETU 4 VMS 2 4 8 U 1 ETU DPH 4 U ETU 1 VMS FMS CMS U30 1 ptem Analog Cordless 20 VRS 4 U ETU 2 ptem Cordless II 10 ZT Il gt Only VMS one FMS one CMS or one CTI VP can be installed in the system The KSU is connected with each of the Multiline Terminals and Single Line Telephones by a separate twisted 1 pair cable or 2 pair cable only for Multiline Terminals Refer to Table 2 3 Multiline Terminal Loop Resistance and Cable Length Table 2 4 Cable Connection Between the Analog Port and the Single Line Equipment Table 2 5 Cable Connection Between ESI VDH and PCT Board Table 2 6 Cabling Requirements and Table 2 7 Zone Transceiver 11 Range Table 2 3 Multiline Terminal Loop Resistance and Cable Length Maximum py Twisted by Twisted Terminal or Adapter Resistance 1 Pair Cable 2 Pair Cable Ohms 24 AWG 24 AWG DBM B U10 Box N A 900 900 DCR 60 1 CONSOLE N A 1000 1000 DCU 60 1 CONSOLE N A 1000 1000 DTP 2DT 1 TEL 35 600 1000 DTR 2DT 1 TEL 36 26 630 450 1000 900 DTU 4R 1 TEL N A 650 1000 sau RED 35 600 1000 36 630 1000 System Specifications El
133. The COIB 4 U20 ETU has the following connectors Connects to the backboard CN2 Future CNS3 Future System Hardware Manual 5 29 Issue 7 Electra Elite 4 4 6 Connections MDF Demark T 1 T R1 R T2 T R2 R CO T3 T R3 T4 T R4 R T8 T Branch R8 Figure 5 18 COIB 4 U20 ETU Connections Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 4 4 7 ETU Feature Chart CO ETU Loop Ground Fax CAMA Waiting Control Start Start Branch Trunk Indicate COl 4 4 U10 COI 8 U10 COID COID 4 8 U10 8 U10 COIB 4 U10 COIB U30 COIB 8 U20 4 U20 COIB 4 COIB 8 U30 ts Caller ID is not supported for Ground Start trunks XI X KY X X KL KY ts CAMA trunk support is provided on COIB 4 U20 port Other ETUs listed except COIB 8 U ETU support CAMA trunks on all ports System Hardware Manual Issue 7 Electra Elite 4 5 COIB 8 U20 30 ETU 4 5 1 Description This can function the same as the COI 8 U or COID 8 U ETU to provide Central Office Interface Only the COIB 8 U30 ETU can support the CO Message Waiting Indication feature S9500 Transmit and receive pad controls have been added to the COIB 8 U ETU Ground Start trunks are not supported When the ETU is set for COID mod
134. U shares the total number of CO PBX lines in the system Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements System Hardware Manual 1 7 Issue 7 Electra Elite Equipment Name Description The Central Office Caller ID detects Caller ID signals from the central office and sends caller identification to the MBD U10 Unit Electrical fuses posistors are built into this ETU This unit provides loop start DTMF trunks only and supports four outside CO PBX lines The unit provides circuitry for ring detection holding and dialing 2 ETUs COID 4 U ETU COID 8 U ETU This is installed in slot S3 or S4 in the B48 U10 KSU 7000 or lower For COID mode S8000 or higher Caller ID trunks can be installed in slots S3 S6 This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk The maximum number depends on other Trunk cards installed This ETU shares the total number of CO PBX lines in the system The Central Office Caller ID ETU detects Caller ID signals from the central office and sends caller identification to the MBD U10 Unit Electrical fuses posistors are built into this ETU This unit provides loop start DTMF trunks only and supports eight outside CO PBX lines The unit provides circuitry for ring detection holding and dialing This ETU is installed in slots S3 or S4 in the B48 U10 KSU 7000 or lower For COID mode S8000 or higher Caller ID trunks can be install
135. Unit e 9 bs an ie ar is RE ARA R Unitor ie a Unit fee APA U Unit or APR U Unit 60 m ne e Tum B48 U10 KSU 11290 g 805 mm 457 mm 457 BRT 4 U NS Fa mt ede BSU 2 U ETU J CCH 4 U ETU ee 1 CNF 8 U ETU an deri Bp 4n COI 4 U ETU pe Es hae Aes ai COI 8 U d TOM 1 350 COIB 4 8 U ETU 14 4 0z 1 97 947 7 68 408 g 50 mm 240 mm 195 mm COID 4 U ETU d 1 Som COID 8 U ETU gb J OL 1 a ak Unit 1199 1 CTA U Unit 508 Th um 5s nm 4 8 12 16 12 Ibs 1 89 11 47 8 46 ETU 5 44 Kg 48mm 290mm 214 mm System Specifications Electra Elite Issue 7 Shipping s Unit Weight Height Width Depth 9 5 oz 2 4 4 3 4 4 Crue ORUM 270 g 60mm 110mm 112mm 9 5 oz 2 4 4 3 4 4 270 g 60 mm 110 mm 112 mm CTU S U Unit 74 4 02 2 75 13 5 9 75 DBM B U Box 21099 70mm 843mm 248mm DBM E U Box DCR 60 1 Console DCU 60 1 Console DID 4 U ETU 8 4 oz 1 5 5 5 4 75 238 9 38mm 140mm 121 12 1 oz 1 97 9 47 7 68 DPH 4 U ETU 843 g 50mm 240mm 195mm DTI U ETU DTP 1 1 TEL DTP 1 2 TEL DTP 1HM 1 TEL DTP 1HM 2 TEL 26 8 oz 2 47 7 65 9 53 760 g 100mm 195 mm 243 mm 41 oz 4 8
136. Used Idle COl 4 COI 8 LED 4 Line 4 status Busy Not Used Idle COl 4 COI 8 LED 5 Line 5 status COI 8 Busy Not Used Idle LED 6 Line 6 status COI 8 Busy Not Used Idle LED 7 Line 7 status COI 8 Busy Not Used Idle LED 8 Line 8 status COI 8 Busy Not Used Idle Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 4 2 5 Connectors Issue 7 The COI 4 8 U has the following connector 4 2 6 Connections MDF Demark T DADADIAD COI 4 U10 ETU co Connects to the backboard Demark DADADADADADADA COI 8 U10 ETU Figure 5 14 COI 4 8 U Connections Issue 7 Electra Elite 43 COIB 4 U ETU 4 3 1 Description This functions the same as the COl 4 U or COID 4 U ETU to provide Central Office Interface When the ETU is set for COID mode Loop Start trunks and or Caller ID trunks are supported When the ETU is set for mode Loop Start or Ground Start is supported Caller ID is not supported in the mode Connections for Ground Start Trunks are polarity sensitive This ETU contains circuitry for outside ring detection holding dialing and control functions and it can provide a CAMA trunk for E911 When functioning as a COI 4 U or COID 4 U only DTMF signaling is supported Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements Refer to Figure 5 15 COIB 4 U
137. a the VDD to a maximum of 328 feet 100 meters t When LAN cables are reversed the VDD U Unit the unit is not damaged but the Multiline Terminal does not operate 7 38 Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 7 LAN Cable to VDH2 8 U10 LAN Cable to PC Figure 7 49 Connecting the Cables on the VDD U Unit 3 12 Wall Mounting Any Electra Elite Multiline Terminal can be wall mounted by using the base unit that comes with the Multiline Terminal or by using the WMU U Unit to accommodate adapters that are installed on the Multiline Terminal 3 12 1 Removing and Remounting the Handset Hanger 1 Remove the hanger by sliding it out of the slot Install it back in its original position so that the hanger protrudes providing a rest for the handset This procedure applies when using either the base unit or the WMU U Unit Refer to Figure 7 50 Positioning the Handset Hanger for the steps for removing and remounting the handset hanger Issue 7 Electra Elite Figure 7 50 Positioning the Handset Hanger 3 12 2 Wall Mounting Using the Base Unit 1 Refer to Section 2 Preparing Multiline Terminal for Adapter Installation and perform Steps 1 5 2 Press both sides of the Base Cover and turn it left to remove it 3 Rotate base cover 180 and install it again on the Multiline Terminal 4 Remove the shaded base plate knockout that is shown on Figure 7 51 Removing th
138. able 5 32 Jumper Settings Port Jumper Setting 1 JP1 Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only JP2 Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration default 2 JP3 Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only JP4 Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration default 3 JP5 Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only JP6 Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration default 4 JP7 Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only JP8 Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration default 5 JP9 Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only JP10 Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration default 6 JP11 Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only JP12 Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration default 7 JP13 Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only JP14 Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration default 5 6 6 LED Indications LED indications are located on both sides of the ETU as indicated in Figure 5 46 VDH2 8 U LED Indications Figure 5 46 VDH2 8 U LED Indications 5 74 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 Table 5 33 VDH2 8 U ETU LED Indications LED Description On LIVE ETU status Operation stopped Normal No Power power on Operation 1 LAN connection Green Not Used LAN inactive LAN Connection 3 2 LAN connection established Not Used LAN inactive 3 LAN connection Not Used LAN inactive Orange 4 LAN connection Terminal is Not Used LAN inactive 5 LAN connection Transmitting Not Used LAN inactive 6 LAN connection Not Used LAN inactive 7 LAN connect
139. alization Do not use z this switch in an operating system unless absolutely necessary 5 8 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 3 3 3 Connectors Before programming System Data the battery must be connected to CN4 to allow memory retention when power failure or brownout occurs When a brownout or power failure does occur and the battery backup circuit is not activated System Data resets to the default values all stations in the system reset to the default values and any data programmed on individual stations is cleared The following connectors are located on the MBD U10 Unit MOHIN For music on hold input PFT For Power Failure Transfer COMI For LCR PC programming COM2 ForSMDR For backup battery CN5 Connects to CN1 of the CLKG U Unit Connects to CN2 of the CLKG U Unit 3 3 4 LED Indications Table 5 2 MBD U10 Unit LED Indications LED Description On Flashing Off CPU LIVE CPU status Operation Normal No Power stopped Operation Power On LED2 Power status System Power Not Used System Power On Off ESI LIVE ESI status Operation Normal No Power stopped Operation Power On ESI Busy ESI Busy Some Port s Not Used All ports idle status busy System Hardware Manual 5 9 Issue 7 Electra Elite 3 3 5 Replacing Memory Backup The MBD U10 Unit provides memory backup for approximately 21 days The Ni Cad battery should be replaced
140. allation Service Manual may cause interference to radio communications This equipment has been tested and approved for compliance with the limits for a Class A computing device pursuant to Subpart J of Part 15 of FCC Rules that provide reasonable protection against such interference when operated in a commercial environment Operation of this telephone system in a residential area is likely to cause interference in which case the user at his or her own expense is required to take whatever measures may be required to correct the interference The NEC Multiline Terminals and NEC Single Line Telephones provided for this system are hearing aid compatible The manufacturer of other Single Line Telephones for use with the system must provide notice of hearing aid compatibility to comply with FCC rules that prohibit the use of non hearing aid compatible telephones Operating this equipment without providing proper answer supervision is a violation of Part 68 of the FCC rules Proper Answer Supervision occurs when This equipment returns answer supervision to the Public Switched Telephone Network PSTN when Direct Inward Dialing DID calls are Answered by the called station Answered by the Attendant Routed to a recorded announcement that can be administered by the Customer Premise Equipment CPE user Routed to a dial prompt This equipment returns answer supervision on all DID calls forwarded to the Public Switch
141. ances the Electra Elite 48 system This equipment can be purchased separately from the system and added as the customer business grows DTH DTR Multiline Terminals can have up to two adapters installed at the same time When attaching an AP R R Unit an external power supply is required Only one power supply is needed even if more than one adapter is installed Issue 7 SECTION 13 PREPARING DTH DTR MULTILINE TERMINAL FOR ADAPTER INSTALLATION Electra Elite To prepare the DTH DTR Multiline Terminal for adapter installation 1 Unplug the telephone cord from the terminal Turn the terminal upside down Grasp in the middle of the hollow spaces at the top and pull up until the retaining tabs click to raise the base plate Refer to Figure 8 37 Raising the Base Plate Figure 8 37 Raising the Base Plate Installing Electra Elite IPK and 0 Series i Equipment Electra Elite Issue 7 4 Press down on the tabs indicated in Figure 8 38 Removing the DTH DTR Base Plate and push forward on the base plate to remove it Figure 8 38 Removing the DTH DTR Base Plate System Hardware Manual 8 29 Issue 7 Electra Elite 5 When an adapter is installed for the first time in a terminal the base cover on the Multiline Terminal must be modified Two adapters can be installed in the terminal and two separate cutouts are provided Remove the applicable cutout cutouts on the bottom of the base plate with nippers When only on
142. and messages headset jack and compatibility with ADA U APA U APR U CTA U CTU C U CTU S U or HFU U Unit This terminal is also equipped with a 24 character 3 line adjustable Liquid Crystal Display LCD and four softkeys 32 DTH 8D 1 TEL DTR 8D 1 TEL This digital Multiline Terminal has eight programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED nine function keys built in speakerphone a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages headset jack and compatibility with AD A R AP A R AP R R or CT A R Unit A Directory button allows Caller ID scrolling and a Message button allows direct access to voice mail This terminal is also equipped with a 24 character 3 line adjustable Liquid Crystal Display LCD and four softkeys 32 DTP 16HC 1 TEL This D Handset Cordless Terminal is a stand alone telephone with direct connection to a single port on the ESI 8 U ETU An ACA U Unit adapter is required for this terminal Each terminal requires an ESI 8 U ETU port 24 DTP DTU 16 1 TEL This digital Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED a built in speakerphone a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages headset jack and compatibility with ADA U APA U APR U CTA U CTU C U CTU S U or HFU U Unit 31 DTP 16D 1 TEL DTU 16D 2 TEL This digital Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED a built in
143. apters When connecting Electra Professional Multiline Terminals Attendant Add On Consoles or SLT Adapters to the MDF or IDF individually twisted 1 pair cabling must be used Refer to Figure 9 1 Modular Terminal Connections for Multiline Terminals and Attendant Add On Consoles for an illustration of connections Station Cable Modular E Terminal zr jJ L Figure 9 1 Modular Terminal Connections for Multiline Terminals and Attendant Add On Consoles Installing Electra Professional Equipment Electra Elite SECTION 4 INSTALLING ANCILLARY DEVICE ADAPTER IN THE MULTILINE TERMINAL System Hardware Manual 3 2 4 1 Issue 7 Attach a Multiline Terminal to the System Plug a telephone cord into the modular jack on the bottom side of the Multiline Terminal Lead the cord out through the cord groove as shown in Figure 9 2 Connect an Electra Professional Multiline Terminal to the Electra Elite 48 System Figure 9 2 Connect an Electra Professional Multiline Terminal to the Electra Elite 48 System Ancillary Device Adapter Installation The ADA 1 W Unit or the ADA 2 W Unit can be installed in any Electra Professional multiline terminal in the system 1 Unplug the line and headset cords Turn the multiline terminal upside down and place it on a dry surface Remove the knockout shown in Figure 9 3 Removing Knockout Issue 7 Electra Elite Figure 9 3 Removing Knockout
144. are required System Hardware Manual AC Adapter Multiline Terminal jack labeled LINE PC USB port Coreline interface to VDH2 8 U ETU LAN cable to PC DC 24V ADP USB Cable to PC To VDH Port To PC NIC Card To DTP or DTU Multiline Terminal Figure 7 29 CTU C U Unit Issue 7 Electra Elite 3 6 2 CTU S U Unit Connections This Computer Telephony Application adapter connects a Universal Serial Bus to an ESI 8 U ETU and can be connected to any DTP DTU Multiline Terminal except DTP 2DT 1 and DTP 16HC 1 A required AC Adapter is provided with the unit The following connections are required Multiline Terminal jack labeled LINE PC USB port ESI port to ESI 8 U ETU DC 24V ADP USB Cable to PC To ESI Port AM To DTP or DTU Multiline Terminal ly Figure 7 30 CTU S U Unit Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 3 7 Issue 7 DBM B U Box and DBM E U Box Message Display Boards The DBM B U basic Message Display Board is connected to the ESI 8 U ETU to provide a message waiting LED for voice mailboxes of personnel without a normal telephone Each board has eight message waiting LEDs and up to eight boards can be installed in the Electra Elite 48 system to support 64 LEDs The DBM E U expansion Message Display Board has eight message waiting LEDs and is connected t
145. automatic answering on incoming outside calls Delay Announcement messages for UCD by a voice recorded message and receives DTMF tones This ETU is installed in slots S2 S7 in the B48 U10 KSU Terminals This Attendant Console has 60 programmable line keys each with two LEDs Twelve keys can be programmed as Feature Access keys and 48 keys can be programmed as Direct Station Selection or outside line keys This Attendant Console has 60 programmable line keys each with two LEDs Twelve keys can be programmed as Feature Access keys and 48 keys can be programmed as Direct Station Selection or outside line keys System Hardware Manual 1 13 Issue 7 Electra Elite Equipment Name Description KSU Maximum Quantities DP D 1A DTP 1 1 TEL DTP 1 2 TEL DTR 1 1 TEL This Doorphone may be used when DPH 4 U ETU is installed This Single Line Telephone is a fully modular terminal with a flash key Redial key 3 level receive volume control 2 level ring volume control data jack and message waiting lamp Each terminal requires a SLI 4 U ETU or a SLI 8 U ETU or SLT 1 U ADP This Single Line Telephone is a fully modular terminal with a flash key Redial key 6 level receive volume control 4 level ring volume control 3 tone ring pitch data jack and message waiting lamp Each terminal requires a SLI 4 U ETU or a SLI 8 U ETU or SLT 1 U ADP 4 24 24 DTP 1HM 1 TEL
146. ay Boards 7 25 Figure 7 32 Maximum Display Indications TRUE Figure 7 33 uai ONE NE Mee alae eta 7 27 Figure 7 34 Rm TT 7 27 Figure 7 35 Threading Serew into Wall RTT MM 7 28 Figure 7 36 Hanging DBM B LN On SOOW Mee 7 29 Figure 7 37 Boton sasssa aea 7 29 Figure 7 38 Connecting DBNIB PUI eR 7 30 Figure 7 39 Connecting DBM B U to ESI Port exakte piece aane 7 31 Figure 7 40 Figure 7 41 Microphone with Mute scusa vind Fiber ORO ROI DURER ER b 7 Figure 7 42 Attaching a Microphone to a Multiline Terminal 7 32 Figure 7 43 7 33 Figure 7 44 Connecting a Single Line Telephone to the System using T E emm orem 7 35 System Hardware Manual xxix Issue 7 Figure 7 45 Figure 7 46 Figure 7 47 Figure 7 48 Figure 7 49 Figure 7 50 Figure 7 51 Figure 7 52 Figure 7 53 Figure 7 54 Figure 7 55 Figure 7 56 Figure 7 57 Figure 7 58 Figure 7 59 Figure 7 60 Figure 7 61 Figure 7 62 Figure 7 63 Figure 7 64 Figure 7 65 Figure 7 66 Figure 7 67 Figure 7 68 Figure 8 1 XXX Electra Elite Connecting Ihe SLTODSUN J ADP d IR Removing the Screws from the SLT 1 U ADP 7 37
147. c Station Interface ETU contains eight circuits Each circuit can support any Attendant Console Multiline Terminal or Single Line Telephone adapter This ETU is installed in slots S8 S6 in the B48 U10 KSU The first ESI 8 U ETU is built in on the MBD U10 Unit of the B48 U10 KSU and designated as Slot 1 Ports 01 08 The maximum number depends on other Station cards installed This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system 1 ETU 3 ETUs 32 Extensions FMS 2 4 8 U ETU This ETU is installed in one of the S2 S7 interface slots It has two four or eight channels of built in Voice Mail The system recognizes this ETU as VMS 4 8 U ETU Slot S7 is the recommended slot for installation This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system Each system can have one CTI VP CMS FMS VMS or IVR ETU 1 ETU OPX 2 U ETU The Off Premise Extension ETU provides for the termination and operation of a maximum of two off premise extensions Each ETU has a built in ringer RSG Up to 1600 ohms of loop resistance including the Single Line Instrument is acceptable between the OPX ETU and the Single Line Telephone This ETU is installed in slots S3 S6 in the B48 U10 KSU This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system 3 ETUs 6 extensions SLI 4 U ETU The Single Line Interface ETU supports a maximum of four Single Line Telephones and or analog
148. cabling costs a centralized location should be chosen KSU must be located where it can easily be connected to a dedicated AC power source Connect the KSU only to a dedicated AC receptacle that is not being used for any other device such as a computer copier or facsimile machine 4 2 Installing the KSU Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 2 4 2 3 2 2 3 3 Issue 7 Selecting a Permanent MDF Location When selecting a permanent site for the MDF the technician may encounter some of the following situations Space is Limited but must be used available space may have one or more environmental hazards The proposed location has poor lighting or lacks a suitable ground for the KSU The technician that encounters these situations must provide the best possible solution for installing the equipment This document cannot cover all possible situations precautions and actions Selecting a Site for Installing the Telephones When a site is selected for the installation of the telephones consider the following conditions to ensure proper installation Ensure that the cable length and line resistance loop between the KSU and the telephones comply with the specifications shown in Table 2 3 Multiline Terminal Loop Resistance and Cable Length Select a place where devices that require an external power supply can be easily connected to an AC outlet Constructing the Mai
149. can hear external ringer at times when the system does not detect ringing on this line 4 f problem is not solved perform First Initialization and replace B48 U10 KSU 5 Test system using default program 10 10 System Maintenance Electra Elite Issue 7 C2 Call Dropping See if problem is on all lines No Yes Calls dropped on all lines All Yes lines drop together Check DC voltages Check outside line key with a pis AC indication after call drops power with a line disturbance analyzer Have Telco check line circuits Increase Automatic Release Signal Detection Time Refer to Memory Block 3 40 Check COI 8 U LED 1 Perform Second Initialization If trouble persists go to step 2 2 Replace COI 8 U ETU Test COI 8 U LED Status Perform First Initialization Replace B48 U10 KSU and test system using default program Have Telco check Line circuit s Problem Solved Yes Return defective ETU for repair System Hardware Manual 10 11 Issue 7 Electra Elite C3 No Outside Dial Tone Access Multiline Terminal or SLT Check for Internal dial tone All Terminals affected Yes No Internal dial tone Check for internal Dial Tone 1 Perform Second Initialization Check terminals 1 Rese
150. cascaded using 10Base2 cables The 10Base2 connector can also be used to connect the VDH2 8 U ETU to a LAN backbone Refer to Figure 5 44 VDH2 8 U ETU In these cases the 8 port is still used for coreline The 10Base2 cable interconnecting VDH2 8 U10 ETUs must be greater than 0 5 meters The 10Base2 cables should be neatly coiled When the 10Base2 cables are connected to the VDH2 8 U BNC connector a terminating plug must be used for the last device on the cable Refer to Figure 5 45 VDH2 8 U ETU Connectors Using the 10Base 2 cables is the preferred method of cascading VDH2 8 U ETU hubs because it does not reduce the quantity of station ports that the ETU can provide Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 Figure 5 42 VDH2 8 U ETU Jumpers 1OBASE T Cable Main Frame LAN 10BASE T Cable Figure 5 43 10Base T Cable Connections System Hardware Manual 5 71 Issue 7 Electra Elite BNC Connector d Jacks 1 8 P d Figure 5 44 VDH2 8 U ETU Terminating Plug T type connector 10BASE 2 Cable aS 10BASE T Cable Figure 5 45 VDH2 8 U ETU Connectors Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 7 5 6 4 Installing the VDH2 8 U Three ETUs can be insta
151. cation Display splash screen at the start of every call Reminds the user that recording is taking place by splashing a screen with every call Show Dterm Recorder dialog at the start of every call Displays the application record screen anytime a call is being recorded System Hardware Manual 7 63 Issue 7 Electra Elite Dterm Recorder Configuration Tool Prevents users of this station from deleting calls Disables the delete key Prevents users of this station from pausing or halting recording Disables pause and stop controls Hide the system tray icon for invisible recording Hides the small icon that appears in the system tray and flashes blue when recording Password Locks access to these settings and those at the user level rz When using this program area to make changes the application must be closed and started again to become effective 7 64 Installing Optional Equipment Installing Electra Elite IPK and term us D Series i Equipment CHAPTER B SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION The Electra Elite 48 system supports the Electra Elite IPK and SECTION 2 MULTILINE TERMINALS System Hardware Manual Series i Multiline Terminals an Attendant Console and several adapters that allow peripheral equipment to be attached to the Multiline Terminals This chapter describes each terminal console and adapter and provides applicable installation instru
152. cations Hn ol E 9121 TS 5 122 7 5 1 DOSE OID RE QU TRE 7 5 2 Metal OT AIR De S gt Tm SC SENOS lee 7 5 4 LED 5 gei bra ipsus e tui FRED PEERS RED cert tiie ea ices 1 cte DS preron RR MN 5 124 7 6 1 Description NAH UM QR iM 7 5 2 Boot Up Sequence Status Identification 5 125 7 6 3 lic l TEA BONG SONS tC 7 6 5 766 Comec ou ee ee 1 Table of Contents Electra Elite Issue 7 far Co B o Blut es 7 7 1 DS BBOPT 7 7 2 Installation HO nonr D128 7 7 3 Installation Procedure 1268 Fa Shut Down Procedure 92 128 pe eem 5 129 7 7 6 LED IARE 5 130 7 7 7 Jumper Settings us banca 5 131 fJ CHMBEBODE Locis 5 131 Te EE Is 7 8 1 eor eh eee T 5 132 7 8 2 Joco De ERE E s EN 5 133 7 8 3 Switch Settings TE 5 133 7 8 4 LED Indications M 3 14 Reo Jumper SelhOS mE fc coo 19
153. cations Table 5 36 CMS 2 4 U ETU LED Indications LED Description On Flashing Off LIVE ETU status Receiving Not Used No Power Power CH1 Port Status Busy Not Used Idle Not Used CH2 Port Status Busy Not Used Idle Not Used CH3 Port Status Busy Not Used Idle Not Used HD started VM Not Ready Green VM Running Orange Error If BCLR LED is orange check error type on console screen After error is corrected LED automatically changes to green Do Not connect link between console and ETU until BCLR turns green during booting Flash Status Not Used Compact Flash Disk Active ts Do not reset the ETU while the HD LED is flashing CH4 Port Status Not Used Idle Not Used MB MB Switch Status ON Not Used OFF BIOS DOS Status BIOS Error Not Used No error BCLR Application Status Red DOS Not Used Idle Flash Inactive Issue 7 Electra Elite Table 5 37 CMS U30 ETU LED Indications LED Name Description LED 1 APP1 Indicates status of voice mail application software Green Application running without errors Amber Application running with errors Red X Application not running LED 2 APP2 Not Used LED 3 Drive HDD active light is red when the hard drive is accessed ts Do not reset the ETU while this switch is on LED 4 CF Power On when shutdown switch in Run to indicate power on the ETU LED 5 ICGA Live LED flashes every 125 ms during
154. cece eng bala canine ru Bie bc aud 5 85 Table 5 39 System Board usui tata ce Sus dtu aa 5 86 Table 5 40 Daughter Board CONDODOPEB le HG Mb Dc HR iU iride 5 89 Table 5 41 Fort Expansion Board Components ascetic Rene Su Ra Slide 5 90 Table 5 42 Configuration Support Table e km Table 5 43 FMS 2 4 8 U Switch Settings 9 95 Table 5 44 FMS 2 4 8 U DIP Switch Functions 5 96 Table 5 45 Pree ewer METI LED auos dieci xa den cnn iacerc Table 5 46 FMS U30 ETU LED Indos ERO RE eC ER One E iki Table 5 47 Configuration Support Table ossa Hn ERREUR UH dE EE Erie Un perci 100 Table 5 48 VMS 2 4 8 U ETU DIP Switch Settings 5 103 Table 5 49 VMS 2 4 8 U ETU DIP Switch Functions 5 104 Table 5 50 VMS 2 4 8 U LED Indications eene 5 105 Table 5 51 VMS USO0 ETU LED Indications 5 106 Table 5 52 ACD 8 U ETU LED Indications 1ueeeore rere rrr bt rrr ntn 5 109 Table 5 53 BSU 2 U Default Switch Settings 5 112 Table 5 54 BSU 2U ETU Y 12d Table 5 55 ZT Stat
155. ched to the wall hook the two bottom tabs on the WMU U Mount Unit in the tab slots on the Multiline Terminal Then push the two top tabs on the WMU U Unit in the tab slots on the Multiline Terminal When the adapter has a power supply lead the AC adapter cord out through the opening at the bottom of the Multiline Terminal Refer to Figure 7 63 Attaching the Multiline Terminal to the WMU U Unit Multiline Terminal Adapter Tab Slots Wall Figure 7 63 Attaching the Multiline Terminal to the WMU U Unit Issue 7 Electra Elite 3 124 Removing the Multiline Terminal from the Base Cover To remove the Multiline Terminal from the base cover lift the Multiline Terminal to disengage top tabs turn it slightly counter clockwise to unlock lower tabs on base cover and remove it Figure 7 64 Removing the Multiline Terminal from the Base Cover 3 12 5 Removing the Multiline Terminal from the WMU U Unit To remove the Multiline Terminal from the WMU U Unit lift the Multiline Terminal to disengage top tabs and lower the terminal from the WMU U Unit 7 48 Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 3 13 3 14 3 15 Issue 7 Music on Hold The Electra Elite 48 KSU allows a Music on Hold source to be connected to the Electra Elite 48 system Both internal and external music sources can be used When an internal music source is used digital music external music on h
156. connecting to T5 or T7 and T6 on the ADA U Unit Connecting to T5 or T7 is determined by the specifications of the recorder When a warning Tone is provided from the recording equipment it should be input via T3 and T4 on ADA U Unit Do not use T1 and T2 to input Beep Tone Conversations cannot be recorded from terminals connected to an APR U Unit Speakerphone calls through the HFU U Unit cannot be recorded 3 2 3 Switch Settings The DIP Switch is located at the bottom center of the ADA U Unit The DIP Switch allows a technician to configure the board to specific settings Figure 7 14 ADA U Unit Switch Settings shows the default settings Terminals Dip Switch 876548321 Ta uu Default Default Settings Figure 7 14 ADA U Unit Switch Settings System Hardware Manual 7 11 Issue 7 Electra Elite The following switch settings should be made on the ADA U Unit to enable or disable the record start warning tone Switch settings should be made before installing the ADA U Unit in the Multiline Terminal Refer to Table 7 2 ADA U Unit Switch Settings Table 7 2 ADA U Unit Switch Settings Switch Setting Description When the ADA U provides SW1 1 Off control to the recorder SW1 1 must be On SW1 2 Off Leave Off SW1 3 SW1 4 Warning Tone from recording device over same wire pair as speech SW1 3 path
157. cting Cables to the ADA U Unit 7 8 22 APA U Unit Analog Port Adapter 7 13 3 3 1 Installing APA U Unit on any DTP DTU Multiline Terminal except DTP 2DT 1 DTP 16HC 1 7 13 3 3 2 SCN Settings pluies oed ses 7 14 3 89 8 Connecting Cables on the APA U Unit suc APR U Unit Analog Port Ringer EEE C 7 16 3 4 1 Installing APR U Unit on any DTP DTU Multiline Terminal but DTP 2DT 1 DTP 16HOC 1 7 16 2442 SENGS O 3 4 8 Connecting Cables on the APR U Unit 7 19 CTA U Unit Computer Telephony Adapter 7 20 3 5 1 Installing the CTA U Unit ccna eniro 7 21 2 5 8 Connecting the Cables on the CTA U Unit 7 22 3 5 3 Installing the Driver on the PG ciencia 22 Computer Telephony Adapter with USB Interface 7 22 36 1 CTU C U Unit Connections 3 6 2 CTU S U Unit Connections 7 24 DBM B U Box and DBM E U Box Message Display MER NAE 3 4 4 Connecting DBM E U Box to DBM B U Box or Another DBM E U Box 7 26 3 7 2 Mounting DBM B U and Expansion Boards 7 28 Table of Contents Electra
158. ction 2 off the tabs on the adapter as shown in Figure 7 59 Removing the Tabs from the Adapter 7 44 Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite Issue 7 Figure 7 59 Removing the Tabs from the Adapter 3 Remove the tabs from the WMU U Unit as shown in Figure 7 60 Removing the Tabs from the WMU U Unit The tabs that are removed depends on the Multiline Terminal type DTP DTU 8 1 TEL DTP DTU 32 1 TEL DTP 8D 1 DTU 8D 2 TEL DTP 32D 1 DTU 32D 2 TEL DTP DTU 16 1 TEL DTP 16D 1 DTU 16D 2 TEL DCU 60 1 CONSOLE Figure 7 60 Removing the Tabs from the WMU U Unit 4 Bundle the cord from the modular jack leaving about eight inches Use a tie wrap to secure the bundled cord System Hardware Manual 7 45 Issue 7 Electra Elite 5 Place the bundled line cord in the space between the WMU U Unit and the wall Lead the line cord out through the slits as shown in Figure 7 61 Leading the Line Cord Out of the WMU U Unit Figure 7 61 Leading the Line Cord Out of the WMU U Unit 6 Attach the WMU U Unit to the posts on the wall plate locally provided Place locally provided screws in the nodes on the WMU U Unit and secure the WMU U Unit to the wall Nodes Posts Nodes Figure 7 62 Attaching the Wall Mount Unit to the Wall 7 46 Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 7 7 Connect the line cord to the Multiline Terminal 8 With the WMU U Unit atta
159. ctions 2 1 DTR 2DT 1 TEL This digital Multiline Terminal has two programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED nine function keys a built in speakerphone a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages and a data jack to connect analog SLT Optional adapters cannot be installed in this terminal A maximum of 31 DTR 2DT 1 TELs can be installed in the Electra Elite 48 system Figure 8 1 DTR 2DT 1 TEL Multiline Terminal Issue 7 2 2 Electra Elite DTH DTR 8 1 TEL The DTH for Electra Elite IPK or DTR for D Series i digital non display Multiline Terminal has eight programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED a built in speakerphone headset jack a large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages and compatibility with AD A R AP A R AP R R or CT A R Unit A Directory button is provided to perform scrolling for Caller ID and a Message button is provided to directly access voice mail A maximum of 31 DTH DTR 8 1 terminals can be installed in the Electra Elite 48 system The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system is 32 Figure 8 2 DTH DTR 8 1 TEL Multiline Terminal Installing Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 2 3 Issue 7 DTH DTR 8D 1 TEL The DTH for Electra Elite IPK or DTR for D Series i digital Multiline Terminal has eight programmable line ke
160. d D Series i Equipment Electra Elite Issue 7 2 Turn the hook with the tab toward the top 3 Slide the hook on its glides back down into position forming the hanger hook for the handset Figure 8 25 Sliding the Hook into Position 11 2 Installing the Base Cover to the Wall 1 Raise and remove the Base Cover Refer to Section 9 Removing or Installing the Base Cover 2 Remove cutout shown in Figure 8 26 Removing Cutout with nippers System Hardware Manual 8 21 Issue 7 Electra Elite 3 Plug line cord in the wall receptacle leave about 8 inches of cord and bundle the rest as shown in Figure 8 27 Bundling Line Cord Figure 8 27 Bundling Line Cord 4 Turn the Base Cover upside down feed the line cord in the cutout and attach it to the wall using 6 screws as shown in Figure 8 28 Installing Base Cover Figure 8 28 Installing Base Cover 8 22 Installing Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 7 5 Install the telephone over the four tabs on the Base Cover and push down until it clicks in place Figure 8 29 Installing the Telephone 6 Install the Line cord as shown in Figure 8 30 Plugging in Line Cord Figure 8 30 Plugging in Line Cord Issue 7 Electra Elite 7 Push spare line cord behind the telephone as shown in Figure 8 31 Hiding Excess Cord 000000 60000000 00000000 0
161. d and all problems corrected system programming is complete After System Programming is finished the technician should perform a Second Initialization Performing the First Initialization a second time causes all programming memory to be lost Second Initialization refreshes the system RAM without losing any memory This completes the installation procedure for the Electra Elite 48 system The technician should check the operation of each Multiline Terminal to ensure the system is working properly 10 4 System Maintenance Electra Elite SECTION 4 TROUBLESHOOTING System Hardware Manual 4 1 4 2 Issue 7 Remote Administration and Maintenance The Maintenance and Diagnostics feature can remotely access the Electra Elite 48 system for maintenance and diagnostics The remote PC and the system are connected via a modem built in or external Problem Solving To find the cause of a problem first consider all of the symptoms carefully As each aspect of the problem is considered the technician is guided to a probable solution The problem must be defined as accurately as possible so that the most efficient steps to the solution can be taken Flowcharts in the next section help define the problem 4 2 1 System Down This term is used in this section to describe one of the following situations access to internal dial tone on any Multiline Terminal or Single Line Telephone is installed LED indicatio
162. d on the MBD U10 Unit One DTI U ETU can be installed in slot S4 87000 or lower For S8000 or higher four DTI U ETUs can be installed in slots S3 S6 limited by 16 trunks 4 8 3 Switch Settings Refer to Table 5 18 DTI U ETU Default Switch Settings Table 5 18 DTI U ETU Default Switch Settings Switch Setting Description SW1 1 On Indicates alarm or Used to assign LED loopback status of the Indications channel Off Indicates channel is busy or idle Default SW1 2 On Loopback on Switches Loopback on Off Loopback off Default and off Default Off SW1 3 On DTE Software Loopback Sets Loopback in the DTI ETU Off Line Loopback to CO This switch is active only Default when SW1 2 is On SW1 4 On Test Mode Switches between normal Off Normal Operation operation and test mode Default SW1 5 N A N A SW1 6 N A N A SW2 N A Resets the DTI ETU Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 4 8 4 LED Indications Table 5 19 DTI U ETU LED Indications LED Description On Flashing Off Operation LIVE ETU status TUE pom Normal Operation Power Channel On On Status Switch SW1 1 Off Switch SW1 1 On Channel 2 AIS Alarm Channel 3 OOF Alarm Channel 4 RAI Alarm Channel 5 CRC Alarm LED7 Channel7 SLIP Alarm ide Channel 8 Channel 9 TSC Alarm Channel 10 ESA Alarm Channel 11 LOS Alarm Channel 14 Busy Idle Channel 15 Busy N A Idle Chan
163. d when layer 1 is active The LED is off when layer 1 is inactive Controlled Slip indication SLIP When the difference between the timing of a synchronous receiving terminal and the received signal exceeds the buffering ability of the synchronous terminal the LED is on red Remote Alarm Indication RAI Detection When RAI is received the LED is on red Loss of Frame LOF Condition Detection When two of the four or five framing data bits received are in error the LED is on red Alarm Indication Signal AIS Detection When the system is receiving an Alarm Indication Signal from a PRT trunk the LED is on red Cyclic Redundancy Check CRC Error Event Detection When a CRC Error occurs the LED is on red Active Call LED is on red to indicate an active call 4 10 6 Connectors The PRT 1 U ETU has two connectors Connects to the backboard CN3 9 RS 232C connector used for maintenance 5 52 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 7 4 10 7 Connections ISDN PRI ISDN PRI Provider The CSU may not always be required Figure 5 30 PRT 1 U ETU Connector Issue 7 Electra Elite 4 11 TLI 2 U ETU 4 11 1 Description The TLI 2 U ETU provides for the termination and operation of a maximum of two E amp M Tie lines 4 wire l or Type V 10 pps or 20 pps Dial Pulse or DTMF Immediate Start Delay Start Wink Star
164. damaged System Hardware Manual Issue 7 3 Electra Elite Figure 6 18 Removing the Plastic Panel from the Multiline Terminal Install the plastic panel again Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Electra Elite SECTION 8 REMOVING DTU DTP SOFTKEYS System Hardware Manual Issue 7 When softkeys are not used on the Multiline Terminal remove them as follows 1 Pull the softkey plate upward as shown in Figure 6 19 Removing DTU DTP Softkeys Figure 6 19 Removing DTU DTP Softkeys 2 Install the plastic panel again Issue 7 Electra Elite SECTION 9 ADJUSTING DTUDTE The base plate on Electra Elite Multiline Terminals is hinged The MULTILINE TERMINAL bottom part can be adjusted to raise or lower the height of the HEIGHT terminal 1 Turn the Multiline Terminal upside down and locate the tabs as shown in Figure 6 20 Locating the Adjustment Tabs on the DTU DTP Multiline Terminal Figure 6 20 Locating the Adjustment Tabs on the DTU DTP Multiline Terminal 2 Push the adjustment tabs and raise the base plate until it locks Figure 6 21 Raising the Base Plate on the DTU DTP Multiline Terminal 6 18 Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Electra Elite Issue 7 3 Thelength of the cord can be adjusted by pulling the line cord though the groove in the bottom of the Multiline Terminal Figure 6 22 Adjusting the DTU DTP Line Cord Length 4 To lower the base plate on the Multiline
165. de a maximum of four COIB 4 U20 ETUs can be installed in slots S3 S6 in the Electra Elite 48 system limited by 16 trunks For Caller ID in COID mode a maximum of two COIB 4 U20 ETUs can be installed in slot S3 or S4 S7000 or lower For S8000 or higher in COID mode the COIB 4 U20 ETU can be installed in slots S3 S6 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite 4 4 3 Switch Settings Issue 7 Refer to Table 5 12 COIB 4 U20 ETU Default Switch Jumper Settings Table 5 12 COIB 4 U20 ETU Default Switch Jumper Settings Switch Jumper Setting Description Jumpers 1 2 shorted 6dB increase Receive pad for related channel JP100 400 Jumpers 2 3 shorted default No Gain Jumpers 3 4 shorted 6dB decrease Jumpers 1 2 shorted 6dB increase Transmit pad for related channel JP101 401 Jumpers 2 3 shorted default No Gain Jumpers 3 4 shorted 6dB decrease Open for COI Selects the function for 51 Shorted default for COID COIB 4 U20 ETU between COI or COID mode Reset N A Resets the COIB 4 U20 ETU 4 4 4 LED Indications Table 5 13 COIB 4 U20 ETU LED Indications Description On Flashing Off ETU status Normal No Power Operation Operation stopped Power On LED 1 Channel 1 status Not Used LED 2 Channel 2 status Not Used LED 3 Channel 3 status Busy Not Used Idle LED 4 Channel 4 status Busy Not Used Idle FAX FAX status Busy Not Used Idle 4 4 5 Connectors
166. disk provided with the CTA U Unit install the driver onto your PC Refer to the CTA installation Guide for instructions on installing CTA setup disks 3 6 Computer Telephony Adapter with USB Interface The CTU adapter connects to a PC USB port to provide telephony and sound device control The general functions include Telephony Control The application is based on the Microsoft Telephony Application Programming Interface TAPI and provides call handling on the PC e g call answer Hold Transfer Conference or Caller ID User Interface to support Emulation This function provides the functions of De such as normal telephone indications LCD Line keys or Hookswitch Sound Support Allows voice recording and playing on an audio device assigned to the PC Voice Mail and Live Record are supported on the PC 7 22 Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite Issue 7 Plug and Play Support Headset Operation When CTU and TAPI are used to set data for TSP the headset button can be controlled by TSP USB Interface This adapter uses Full Speed 12Mbps as defined in the USB Specification 3 6 1 CTU C U Unit Connections This Computer Telephony adapter connects a Universal Serial Bus to a Coreline port on the VDH2 8 U ETU and can be connected to any DTP DTU Multiline Terminal except DTP 2DT 1 and DTP 16HC 1 A required AC Adapter is provided with the unit The following connections
167. e gt Check AC Input Correct Turn system Off Disconnect all circuit boards Turn system On Dial tone on Multiline Terminal on 1 ESI 8 U MBD U10 Unit Dial Tone Rebuild system one card at a time until problem reappears Replace defective card No Dial Tone Reset ESI 8 U ETU If trouble persists replace B48 U10 KSU Dial Tone Dial Tone No Dial Tone 1 If problem not solved perform First Initialization and test If trouble persists go to step 2 2 Replace B48 U10 KSU and test system using default program System Hardware Manual Power Bad Correct AC Power AC Power Problem Good eplace PSU Fuses Fuse s F1 amp F2 Good Replace Corresponding Power Supply Yes Problem Done Solved Remove all ETUs and retest Build system one card at a Problem time and Solved replace bad ETU s Replace KSU 10 7 Issue 7 Electra Elite A2 No LED or Display Indications on Multiline Terminal Incorrect or No DC Voltage All DC Voltages Check AC Input OK Power Terminate one Multiline Terminal Bad from the KSU Programming Station Correct AC Power amp Power directly to MDF and test Check Station Cabling Turn system off Disconnect connectors remov
168. e Loop Start trunks and Caller ID trunks are supported Caller ID does not work in the COI mode This ETU contains circuitry for outside ring detection holding dialing and control functions This ETU can provide a CAMA trunk for E911 CAMA trunk support is provided on COIB 8 U ports and 7 only When functioning as a COI 8 U or COID 8 U only DTMF signaling is supported Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements Refer to Figure 5 19 COIB 8 U ETU Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 4 5 2 Issue 7 s B JP400 JP800 JP100 4 500 i i JP 300 32600 i JP700 i i JP 200 32801 JP701 JP601 JP501 JP301 201 101 Figure 5 19 COIB 8 U ETU Installation In COI mode a maximum of two COIB 8 U ETUs can be installed in slots S3 S6 in the Electra Elite 48 system limited by 16 trunks For Caller ID In COID mode only one COIB 8 U ETU can be installed in slot S3 or S4 87000 or lower For S8000 or higher in COID mode the COIB 8 U ETU can be installed in slots S3 S6 limited by 16 trunks Issue 7 Electra Elite 4 5 3 Switch Settings Refer to Table 5 14 COIB 8 U Default Switch Jumper Settings Table 5 14 COIB 8 U ETU Default Switch Jumper Settings Jumper Jumpers 1 2 shorted 6dB increase Receive pad for related channel Jumpers 2 3 shorted default
169. e 6 4 DTU 16 1 TEL Multiline Terminal 6 4 Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 2 5 Issue 7 DTU 16D 2 TEL This digital Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED eight function keys a built in speakerphone headset jack a large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages and compatibility with ADA U APA U APR U CTA U CTU C U CTU S U HFU U or VDD U Unit The DTP 16D 1 TEL can also be used with the Electra Elite 48 system This terminal also has a 3 line 24 character adjustable Liquid Crystal Display LCD and four softkeys A maximum of 32 DTU 16D 2 DTP 16D 1 terminals can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system is 32 Figure 6 5 DTU 16D 2 TEL Multiline Terminal Issue 7 2 6 Electra Elite DTU 32 1 TEL This digital nondisplay Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED 16 one touch keys eight function keys a built in speakerphone headset jack a large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages and compatibility with ADA U APA U APR U CTA U CTU C U CTU S U HFU U or VDD U Unit System software can be changed so this Multiline Terminal can have 24 programmable line keys and eight one touch keys The DTP 32 1 TEL can also be used with the Electra Elite 48 syste
170. e 7 Electra Elite THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK xxxiv List of Figures Table 1 Table 2 Table 2 1 Table 2 2 Table 2 3 Table 2 4 Table 2 5 Table 2 6 Table 2 7 Table 2 8 Table 2 9 Table 2 10 Table 2 11 Table 2 12 Table 3 1 Table 4 1 Table 5 1 Table 5 2 Table 5 3 Table 5 4 Table 5 5 Table 5 6 Table 5 7 System Hardware Manual List of Tables FIC REN SOC and Jack Types for Electra Elite System ETUS 2 Battery Types and Quantities for KSUs 5 6 LIE OE ADDS iM deti ates 2 1 System iki 2 5 Multiline Terminal Loop Resistance and Cable Length _ 2 6 Cable Connection Between the Analog Port and the Single Line Equipment uere nennen 2 8 Cable Connection Between ESI VDH and PCT Board 2 8 Cabling Requirements 2 9 Zone Transceiver ll Range 2 9 Power Consumption 2 10 la Al 202 7 mime E 2 10 Voss and gt MM 2 16 Eri Rau 1b erm 2 23 Terminal LED Flash Pattern FERRE BRE PER 2 24 Number OF Required Interface ETUS
171. e Cover on the Multiline Terminal Figure 8 19 Lowering the Base Cover on the Multiline Terminal 8 16 Installing Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Equipment Electra Elite Issue 7 SECTION 9 REMOVING OR To remove the Base Cover proceed as follows INSTALLING THE BASE COVER 1 Extend the Base Cover 2 Press tabs shown on Figure 8 20 Removing Base Cover and slide the Base Cover in the arrow direction until it clicks Figure 8 20 Removing Base Cover To install the Base Cover place the four tabs in their applicable slots and pull the cover in the direction of the arrows until it clicks in place System Hardware Manual 8 17 Issue 7 Electra Elite Figure 8 21 Installing Base Cover Installing Electra Elite IPK and 0 Series i Equipment Electra Elite SECTION 10 INSTALLING ABBREVIATED DIALING TABLE System Hardware Manual Issue 7 Assemble the abbreviated dialing table as shown in Figure 8 22 Assembling the Abbreviated Dialing Table O Figure 8 22 Assembling the Abbreviated Dialing Table Issue 7 Electra Elite Install abbreviated dialing table on the terminal as shown in Figure 8 23 Installing Abbreviated Dialing Table on the Terminal Figure 8 23 Installing Abbreviated Dialing Table on the Terminal SECTION 11 WALL MOUNTING THE DTH DTR TELEPHONE 11 1 Hanger Hook 1 Remove the hook from the unit Figure 8 24 Removing the Hook 8 20 Installing Electra Elite IPK an
172. e Knockout Figure 7 51 Removing the Knockout 7 40 Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite Issue 7 5 Assemble the base plate and base cover 6 illustrated in Figure 7 52 Attaching the Base Plate to the Wall attach the base plate and base cover assembly wide end down to the posts on the locally provided and installed wall plate Place locally provided screws in the nodes on the base plate and secure the assembly to the wall Posts Figure 7 52 Attaching the Base Plate to the Wall When using a modular jack instead of a wall plate put the modular jack inside the base unit as shown in Figure 7 53 Wall Mounting Using a Modular Jack Use the locally provided screws to attach the base unit directly to the wall Modular Jack System Hardware Manual 7 41 Issue 7 Electra Elite 7 Plug the line cord into the jack on the wall plate wrap the extra cord and secure it with a tie wrap and lead the line cord out through the groove in the side of the base unit Figure 7 54 Plugging in the Line Cord Using a Wall Jack When using a modular jack instead of a wall plate plug the line cord into the modular jack wrap the extra cord and secure it with a tie wrap and lead the line cord out through the groove in the side of the base unit Figure 7 55 Plugging in the Line Cord Using a Modular Jack 7 42 Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 7 W
173. e Manual 1 19 Issue 7 Electra Elite Equipment Name Description LEE WMU U Unit WMU W Unit ZT Il SAT S W END USER 9500 SAT S W TECH S9500 SAT LCR Version 2 00 Wireless Service Console WSC IP Configurator This Unit is used to mount any Electra Elite Multiline Terminal to the wall and connects to the back of the Multiline Terminal This unit is required when an APA U Unit APR U Unit CTA U Unit CTU C S U Unit or HFU U Unit is installed This universal Wall Mount Unit is used to mount any Electra Professional Multiline Terminal or DTP 2DT 1 TEL to the wall The Zone Transceiver maintains radio communication with the PS II terminals Software System Administration Terminal Software for End User System Administration Terminal Software for Technician System Administration Terminal Software for Least Cost Routing Wireless Service Console WSC Administration Terminal Software VoIP Administration Terminal VAT Software 32 32 1 20 Introduction System Specifications SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION SECTION 2 SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM System Hardware Manual CHAPTER 2 This chapter provides technicians with detailed specifications for the Electra Elite 48 system The technician should review this information carefully before installing the system Figure 2 1 System Block Diagram shows the ETUs that can be installed in the KSU and the number of channels
174. e adapter is being installed and it needs an AC R Unit for power remove only the Right cutout as shown in Figure 8 39 Modifying Base Cover Figure 8 39 Modifying Base Cover 6 Turn the base plate with bottom down and release two tabs at the top for each end cover shown shaded corresponding to applicable base plate cutout cutouts and remove the cover covers 7 Remove the applicable dummy end ends with nippers 8 When An AC R Unit is required for power remove the cutout on the right side of the base plate with the bottom facing up to accommodate the power adapter cord 8 30 Installing Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Equipment Electra Elite SECTION 14 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES System Hardware Manual 14 1 Issue 7 AC R Unit AC Adapter This unit shown on Figure 8 40 AC R Unit provides power to ancillary devices or DTR Attendant Consoles The AC R Unit must be connected to an adapter that is installed on a Multiline Terminal When more than one adapter is installed on a Multiline Terminal only one AC R Unit is necessary Figure 8 40 AC R Unit The power requirements for the AC R Unit are Input 110 240V AC 50 60 Hz 45 VA Output 27V DC 750 mA Polarity 2 0 14 1 1 Connecting the AC R Unit 1 Unplug the AC R Unit from the AC outlet Failing to do this can damage the unit and or the Multiline Terminal 2 Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation Refer to Sec
175. e all PC boards Terminal Indications Replace Fuse s PSU Fuses F1 amp F2 Good Replace Corresponding No Indication Power Supply Terminal Installed Reset MBD U10 Unit If trouble persists replace B48 U KSU Correct Problem Solved Indication Rebuild System one card at a time If problem reappears replace defective card s Remove all ETUs and retest Correct Indications Indications No Indication Build system Yes one card at a Problem Solved time and replace bad ETU s 1 If problem not solved perform First Initialization and test If trouble persists go to step 2 2 Replace B48 U10 KSU and test system using default program Replace KSU 10 8 System Maintenance Electra Elite Issue 7 B1 Radio Frequency Interference RFI Is interference only on outside calls or anytime station is off hook On CO calls only Remove one CO line at MDF and test using standard SLT Multiline Terminal off Hook Check cable for the affected terminal s Yes More than 1 pair Twisted Inform Ground all unused pairs Twisted Cable using 1 pair twisted Telco at MDF pair pair cable RFI Cleared S Yes Ye RFI Cleared Follow the steps below one at a time and test after
176. e from the PSU 4 Referto Figure 4 13 Installing the PSU in the KSU Install the P64 U10 PSU into the left space of the KSU connect the white cable attached to MBD U10 Unit and attach the PSU to the KSU using the two screws removed in Step 1 System Hardware Manual 18 Issue 7 Electra Elite 5 Connect the power cord to the AC IN connector A Figure 4 13 Installing the PSU in the KSU Installing the KSU Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 7 3 7 Fuse Replacement fuses with the same type and rating originally For continued protection against risk of fire replace a installed 1 Disconnect AC power and remove the front cover on the KSU Refer to Figure 4 4 Removing the Cover of the KSU 2 Loosen two screws on the removable access plate to the left of the PSU and remove the plate 3 Replace the fuses as necessary Refer to Figure 4 14 PSU Fuse Replacement Fuse F1 is a 125V 6A fuse for AC input Fuse F101 is a 125V 6 0A fuse for DC input F101 DC In F1 AC In Figure 4 14 PSU Fuse Replacement 4 Install the access plate and tighten the screws Issue 7 Electra Elite 3 8 Installing Built In and External Batteries in the KSU 3 8 1 Built In Battery Installation 1 Connect the two batteries in series as shown in Figure 4 15 Connecting Built In Batteries The red cord attaches to the red terminal and the black cord attaches t
177. e provided This ETU is installed in slots S3 S6 in the B48 U10 KSU This ETU is an optional Ethernet Interface for Electra Elite that supports eight Ethernet Ports Each port has two indicators that indicate status and activity The HUB is a switching point for data from individual ports A switch regulates transmission and detemines the prort where data should be forwarded IAD 8 U ETU This ETU is an optional interface integration device that supports various IP applications such as IP CCH and MEGACO station IPCA U ETU This ETU is a pure IP switch that can manage call control for 30 IP software telephones The MG 8 U ETU is required for IP telephones to communicate with existing telephones or various avaliable trunks IVR 8 U ETU This ETU is an eight port system that supports IVR applications Each system can have one CTI VP CMS FMS VMS or IVR ETU MG 8 U ETU This ETU is an eight path gateway ETU between the IPCA U ETU and the CPUB U ETU PBR U ETU DCU 60 1 CONSOLE The Push Button Receiver ETU detects and translates DTMF tones generated by Single Line Telephones modems or facsimile machines The PBR provides four circuits for Single Line Telephones only This ETU is installed in slots S2 S7 in the B48 U10 KSU t Four PBR circuits are built into the MBD U10 Unit The Voice Recording Service ETU provides voice recording messages for internal stations
178. e shows a system with standard and optional equipment some locally provided 1 2 Introduction Electra Elite Issue 7 Wireless gao PS II External Speakerphone External Speaker Least Cost Routing Computer Telephony Integration ElectraMail CTI Unified Messaging Single Line Telephone Electra Elite Multiline Terminal ptem Series Multiline Terminal ptem Series i Multiline Terminal DTR Electra Elite IPK Multiline Terminal DTH Message Display Board Headset ptem EXT Telecommuting Voice over Internet Facsimile Protocol VoIP Trunks Answering Machine ITH IP Stations Attendant Console ptem Analog Cordless CO PBX Centrex DID Tie FT1 ISDN BRI ptem Cordless Lite PC Programming ptem Headset Cordless Figure 1 1 System Configuration Example System Hardware Manual 1 3 Issue 7 Electra Elite SECTION 2 EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION 2 4 Equipment List The following table lists all equipment used with the Electra Elite 48 system The equipment name a description of the equipment and the KSU quantities allowed for each unit are included The list is arranged alphabetically by category t following maximum values are based on the assumption that at least one Electronic Station Interface ETU and one Trunk Interface ETU are installed Tn KSU Maximum
179. e that compliance with the above conditions may not prevent degradation of service in some situations Repairs to certified equipment should be coordinated by a representative designated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment malfunctions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipment Users should ensure for their own protection that the electrical ground connections of the power utility telephone lines and internal metallic water pipe system if present are connected together This precaution may be particularly important in rural areas CAUTION Users should not attempt to make such connections themselves but should contact the applicable electric inspection authority or electrician Issue 7 BATTERY DISPOSAL Electra Elite The Ringer Equivalence Number REN assigned to each terminal device provides an indication of the maximum number of terminals allowed to be connected to a telephone interface The termination of an interface may consist of any combination of devices subject only to the requirement that the sum of the Ringer Equivalent Numbers of all the devices does not exceed 5 This equipment is listed by the Canadian Standards Association and complies with all applicable requirements of the standard for telephone equipment C 22 2 No 225 This equipment meets IC requirements CS03 This digital apparatus does not exc
180. eatures on SLT Low Volume Problems 10 20 System Hardware Manual Issue 7 Electra Elite External Paging Problems ossa dace D adii drill Do de cL b 10 21 SMDR Output Problems No Call Accounting System 10 22 Appendix A Glossary of Abbreviations xxii Table of Contents Figure 1 1 Figure 2 1 Figure 2 2 Figure 3 1 Figure 4 1 Figure 4 2 Figure 4 3 Figure 4 4 Figure 4 5 Figure 4 6 Figure 4 7 Figure 4 8 Figure 4 9 Figure 4 10 Figure 4 11 Figure 4 12 Figure 4 13 Figure 4 14 Figure 4 15 Figure 4 16 Figure 4 17 Figure 4 18 List of Figures System Gonpdureon System Block DIKOTA EM neds Connecting the ESI to the Multiline Terminal Using Twisted Cola a RENE TIERE Telephone and CO Port Numbering Example jose quer Power Failure Transfer Connection to SLT Fax GO T Removing ihe Cover or the KSU kii RO Threading the Velcro Strap Through the Hook on the KSU Air Eu NS I n NET Panong tie d ts d Ut TR PR OTT reip pe NN UT a PEA atado oca a tuc ene put Mounting KSU on the RAK U
181. ectra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 7 Terminal or Adapter DTP 8D 1 TEL 35 DTU 8D 2 TEL DTH 8D 1 TEL 36 DTR 8D 1 TEL 26 DTP 16 1 TEL DTU 16 1 TEL Maximum Feet Maximum Feet Js oon m by Twisted by Twisted Resistance 1 Pair Cable 2 Pair Cable Ohms 24 AWG 24 AWG 600 1000 DTP 16D 1 TEL DTU 16D 2 TEL 26 DTH 16D 1 TEL DTR 16D 1 TEL 35 DTP 16HC 1 TEL 57 DTP 32 1 TEL DTU 32 1 TEL 21 DTP 32D 1 TEL DTU 32D 2 TEL 21 DTR 32D 1 TEL N A 450 600 650 600 360 450 ETW 4R 1 TEL EDW 48 1 2 DSS BLF with 450 900 720 900 AC Adapter N A 1000 1000 SLT 1 U ADP 35 600 1000 An SLT AC Adapter is required with installation of the following devices DTP 16HC 1 Telephone Electra Elite DCU 60 Console or Electra Professional ETW 48 Console The length for the specified SLT Adapter is the length between the SLT Adapter and the ESI The values number of ohms and feet of cable specified with the include the DTR 2DT 1 TEL plus the Single Line Telephone Issue 7 Electra Elite Multiline Terminal Figure 2 2 Connecting the ESI to the Multiline Terminal Using Twisted 2 Pair Cable Table 2 4 Cable Connection Between the Analog Port and the Single Line Equipment Maximum Loop Resistance Connected Equipment Cable 24 AWG from Connected Equipment to Telephone AD A R Unit Twisted Pair 10 feet ADA
182. ed Telephone Network PSTN Permissible exceptions are Acall is unanswered A busy tone is received reorder tone is received Issue 7 VOICE ANNOUNCEMENT MONITORING OVER DID LINES MUSIC ON HOLD SERVICE REQUIREMENTS UL REGULATORY INFORMATION Electra Elite CAUTION The use of monitoring recording or listening devices to eavesdrop monitor retrieve or record telephone conversations or other sound activities whether or not contemporaneous with its transmission may be illegal in certain circumstances under federal or state laws Legal advise should be sought prior to implementing any practice that monitors or records any telephone conversation Some federal and state laws require some form of notification to all parties to the telephone conversation such as using a beep tone or other notification methods or require the consent of all parties to the telephone conversation prior to monitoring or recording a telephone conversation Some of these laws incorporate strict penalties IMPORTANT NOTE In accordance with U S Copyright Law a license may be required from the American Society of Composers Authors and Publishers or other similar organization When radio or TV broadcasts are transmitted through the Music On Hold feature of this telecommunication system NEC America Inc hereby disclaims any liability arising out of the failure to obtain such a license When equipment malfunctions all repairs will
183. ed in slots S3 S6 This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk The maximum number depends on other Trunk cards installed This ETU shares the total number of CO PBX lines in the system 8 CO Class lines 2 ETUs 16 CO Class lines DID 4 U ETU The Direct Inward Dialing Interface Unit supports up to four DID or four 2 way DID lines Each DID 4 U ETU requires one interface slot position in the KSU t Immediate wink start second dial tone and delay start signaling can be combined on this ETU This ETU is installed in slots S3 S6 in the B48 U10 KSU The maximum number depends on other Trunk cards installed These ETUs share the total number of CO PBX lines in the system 4 ETUs 16 DID Trunks Introduction Electra Elite Issue 7 E KSU Maximum Equipment Name Description Quantities The Digital Trunk Interface ETU terminates Fractional T1 16 DS 0 channels lines This ETU contains circuitry for outside ring detection holding dialing control function Tie line E amp M and DID signaling Only the DTI U30 supports K CCIS common channel signaling Automatic Number Indication ANI is supported DTI U A combination of Loop Start and Ground Start trunks DID trunks or 1 57000 or lower Tie lines can be used on the ETU Each trunk is assigned in groups of four DTMF or Dial Pulse dialing is supported 16 lines This ETU is installed in slot S4 in the B48 U10 KSU The
184. eed the Class A limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus as regulated in the radio interference regulations of Industry Canada Le present appareil numerique n emet pas de bruits radioelectriques depassant les limites applicables aux appareils numeriques de Classe A prescrites dans le reglement sur le brouillage radioelectrique edicte par Industrie Canada The Electra Elite system includes the batteries listed below When disposing of these batteries KSU and or ETUs you must comply with applicable federal and state regulations regarding proper disposal procedures Table 2 Battery Types and Quantities for KSUs and ETUs Unit Name Type of Battery Quantity B48 U10 KSU Lead Acid CTI VP 4 8 12 16 Lithium U ETU DTP 1HM 1 TEL Lithium DTP 1HM 2 TEL DTP 16HC 1 TEL Nickel Cadmium DTR 1HM 1 TEL Lithium DTR 4R 1 TEL Nickel Cadmium DTU 4R 1 TEL Lead Acid ETW 4R 1 TEL Nickel Cadmium FMS 2 4 8 U ETU Nickel Cadmium Regulatory Information Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 7 Table 2 Battery Types and Quantities for KSUs and ETUs Continued MBD U Unit Nickel Cadmium MIFA U ETU Nickel Cadmium MIFM U Nickel Cadmium VMS 2 4 8 U ETU Nickel Cadmium The Electra Elite 48 MBD U10 Unit provides memory backup for approximately 21 days The Ni Cd battery should be replaced about every two years IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS FOR BATTERY DISPOS
185. elephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 SECTION 5 STATION ETUS 5 1 CNF 8 U ETU 5 1 1 Description The Multiline Conference Bridge allows any intercom user and any outside party calling to a port of the CNF 8 U ETU to make a multiparty conference call One 8 party conference or two 4 party conferences are supported and regulated by a switch setting Figure 5 33 CNF 8 U ETU 5 1 2 Installation System Hardware Manual Only two CNF 8 U ETUs can be installed in slots S2 S7 in the B48 U10 KSU Installed as SLI 8 in Memory Block 7 1 Card Interface Slot Assignment Issue 7 Electra Elite 5 1 3 Switch Settings Table 5 25 CNF 8 U ETU Reset Switch Switch Setting Description SW2 Press to Reset Host Reset Switch Table 5 26 CNF 8 U ETU Maximum Conference Time Switch Switch Setting Maximum SW3 2 SW3 3 Conference Time ON 1 Hour OFF 2 Hour CTS ON 3 Hour OFF No Limit Table 5 27 CNF 8 U ETU Party Size Switch Switch Setting Description SW3 1 ON 1 8 Party Conference SW3 1 OFF 2 4 Party Conferences Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 5 1 4 LED Indications Table 5 28 CNF 8 U ETU LED Indications LED Description On Flashing Off STATUS ETU status Operation Normal No Power stopped Operation Power On CH 0 Status Busy Not Used Idle Status Not Used Status Not Used Status Not U
186. ely identifies the service ordered The phone company assigns an SPID for every phone number Each ISDN BRI line usually has two phone numbers The SPID is a label identifier that points to a particular location on the telephone company central office memory that stores the details of the ISDN services ordered This number is necessary for the operation of the ISDN phone fax or PC software Without this number ISDN services cannot be accessed VoIP Voice over Internet Protocol The ability to carry normal telephone style voice over an IP based internet with POTS like functionality reliability and voice quality The Public Switched Telephone Network PSTN connects to the LAN IP network through a VoIP gateway Digitized speech is transported through IP packets and can include real time conversation or voice mail The IP network can be public private and voice transport can be telephone to telephone computer to telephone or computer to computer System Hardware Manual A 3 Issue 7 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Electra Elite Glossary of Abbreviations NEC ElectraGliic 48 SYSTEM HARDWARE MANUAL NEC America Inc Issue 7 Series 9500
187. ems No Anything bridged on All stations Run a dB level test at DMARK Replace M ltiline Terminal SLT on lines with 1 kHz test tone At least 8dB at MDF is required No 4 Move suspected bad line to good COI 8 U ETU port Move good line to original COI 8 U ETU port Port Report Problem to Telco Less than 8 dB Line Problem port or line Reset replace Check line with dB Replace COI 8 U ETU COI 8 U and meter and or contact test again Telco Yes Problem solved 1 Perform Second Initialization and test 2 Perform First Initialization and test with default program 3 Replace B48 U10 KSU 10 20 System Maintenance Electra Elite G1 External Paging Problems Amplifier provided Amplifier is needed Place Test Set on output of paging at ECR U ADP with all external wiring removed External page audible on test set v External amplifier or wiring is defective Check Memory Blocks 1 1 46 1 1 47 and 1 1 48 for correct access code external for paging No Access Code correct 1 Reset replace ECR U ADP and test 2 Perform Second Initialization and test then EROR code perform First Initialization and test Retest using correct access 3 Replace B48 U10 KSU and test using de
188. ence of key designations AND PLASTIC The Line Card can be changed as necessary The Plastic Panel is placed PANELS on top of the Line Card to hold it in place 1 Remove the Line Panel Refer to Figure 8 15 Removing the Line Panel 8 12 Installing Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Figure 8 15 Removing the Line Panel Issue 7 Issue 7 Electra Elite 2 Place the Line Card over the keys on the Multiline Terminal Figure 8 16 Placing Line Card on the Line Panel 3 Install the plastic panel over the line card and push the corners of the Plastic panel until they click in place Refer to Figure 8 17 Installing Plastic Panel on DTH DTR Multiline Terminal 8 14 Installing Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Equipment Electra Elite Issue 7 Figure 8 17 Installing Plastic Panel on DTH DTR Multiline Terminal SECTION 8 pedis The base plate on DTH DTR Multiline Terminals is hinged The ea ERMINAL bottom part can be adjusted to raise or lower the terminal height EIGHT 1 Turn the Multiline Terminal upside down grasp as shown in Figure 8 18 Raising DTH DTR Multiline Terminal Height and pull up until the Base Cover latches click Figure 8 18 Raising DTH DTR Multiline Terminal Height System Hardware Manual 8 15 Issue 7 Electra Elite 2 To lower the Base Cover press the indicated left and right tabs inward and press down Refer to Figure 8 19 Lowering the Bas
189. ential customers Electra Elite 48 192 Programming Manual This manual contains all programming instructions for the Electra Elite system Electra Elite Least Cost Routing Manual This manual provides instructions for the service technician to program the customer system for least cost routing Electra Elite 48 192 Job Specifications Manual This manual contains instructions for the service technician to install and maintain the Electra Elite 48 192 systems and includes the job specification worksheets Completing the worksheets provides all system programming values and configuration information necessary for technicians to maintain the system Electra Elite Wireless System Manual This manual describes the system and provides hardware installation and programming procedures for the Electra Elite Wireless Communication System WCS Elite ACD Plus Installation Manual This manual provides general information about the Elite ACD Plus features installation procedures and feature programming The NEC Elite ACD Plus is an Automatic Call Distribution card that supports up to 40 agents and 12 supervisors at one time Electra Elite IPK Electra Elite System Administration Terminal End User Manual This manual describes the operation of the SAT End User program for the Electra Elite Key Telephone system This program is a user friendly Windows application that allows the user to program and configure several features of the Electra Elite
190. ephone Application Programming Interface TAPI and a 33 6K fax data modem The board is available with without the built in modem The PC Board replaces an NEC desk set as the primary telephone device the telephone line from the wall now plugs directly into the PC board instead of the desk set The desk set can be connected to the PC board and used as an adjunct or auxiliary telephone An external microphone and external speakers can also be connected to the PC Board The PC Board allows telephone operations with a headset or microphone and has the following audio abilities Records audio from the calling or called party of a telephone conversation Records audio from both parties of a telephone conversation Records audio or music from a microphone line level device or CD player Plays live or recorded audio or music through an adjunct telephone handset or stereo speakers The PC Board uses Computer Technology Integration CTI technology through Microsoft Windows 95 or higher to support speech and data transmission allow a variety of attachment devices and support complex calling features such as conference calls call waiting and voice mail The PC Board supports the following terminals D Series Multiline Terminals D Series E Multiline Terminals Electra Professional Multiline Terminals Electra Elite Multiline Terminals The NEC PC Telephony board can be installed on the ISA bus
191. equipment type and quantity to be installed the technician must be familiar with available station equipment and interface ETUs The station equipment that can be installed with the Electra Elite 48 system is listed below Equipment DBM B U Box DBM E U Box DCR DCU 60 1 CONSOLE DTP DTH DTR 2DT 1 TEL DTP DTH DTR DTU 8 1 TEL DTP DTH DTR 8D 1 TEL DTU 8D 2 TEL DTP DTU 16 1 TEL DTP DTH DTR 16D 1 TEL DTU 16D 2 TEL DTP 16HC 1 TEL DTP DTU 32 1 TEL DTP DTH DTR 32D 1 TEL DTU 32D 2 TEL DTR 1R 1 TEL Description Basic Message Display Board with 8 LEDs Expansion Message Display Board with 8 LEDs Attendant Console with 60 programmable line keys 2 line digital Multiline Terminal without LCD 8 line digital Multiline Terminal without LCD 8 line digital Multiline Terminal with LCD and softkeys 16 line digital Multiline Terminal without LCD 16 line digital Multiline Terminal with LCD and softkeys 16 line digital stand alone terminal with direct connection to a single port on the ESI 8 U10 ETU 32 line digital Multiline Terminal without LCD 32 line digital Multiline Terminal with LCD and softkeys ptem Analog Cordless Terminal without LCD Issue 7 Equipment DTR 4R 1 TEL DTU 4R 1 TEL ETW 8 1 2 TEL ETW 16DC 1 2 TEL ETW 16DD 1 2 TEL ETW 24DS 1 2 TEL ETW 4R 1 BK TEL EDW 48 1 2 DSS BLF SLT 1 U ADP 7 2 Interface ETUs Electra Elite Description ptem Cordless 1
192. er NIFMUL 43075 PF E Ringer Equivalence Number REN 2 0B USOC jack required RJ21X Issue 7 INCIDENCE OF HARM Electra Elite The Facility Interface Code FIC Ringer Equivalent Number REN Service Order Code SOC and Jack for each interface ETU are listed in the following table Table 1 FIC REN SOC and Jack Types for Electra Elite System ETUs 28 4 Loop Start COI 8 U Loop Start COIB 4 U ETU for COID COI Mode Loop Start 02152 0 7 9 0F RJ21X COIB 8 U ETU Loop Start 02LS2 RJ21X COIB 4 U ETU for COI Mode 02GS2 0 7A 9 0F RJ21X Ground Start COID 4 8 U ETU Loop Start 02LS2 RJ21X DID 4 U ETU 02RV2T RJ21X 04DU9 BN 04DU9 DN PEE 04DU9 1KN 04DU9 1SN EIE OPX ETU OL13C RJ21X PRT 1 ETU 04DU9 1SN TLI 2 ETU TL31M When the system is malfunctioning it could cause harm to the telephone network The telephone system should be disconnected until the problem is corrected When this is not done the telephone company may temporarily disconnect service Regulatory Information Electra Elite RADIO FREQUENCY INTERFERENCE HEARING AID COMPATIBILITY DIRECT INWARD DIALING System Hardware Manual Issue 7 In compliance with FCC Part 15 rules the following statement is provided IMPORTANT NOTE This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the Inst
193. er site is necessary to determine the proper placement of the Main Distribution Frame MDF the exact dimensions of the area selected for the MDF cabling requirements and possible Intermediate Distribution Frame IDF locations Issue 7 Electra Elite The information obtained at the customer site permits the installer to partially assemble the MDF before installing it at the customer premise This reduces installation time and downtime at the customer site 2 3 Selecting the Best Location for Proper Installation 2 3 1 Selecting the KSU Installation Site When a site is selected for the installation of the KSU consider the following conditions to ensure proper installation The KSU is wall mounted to protect against accident or flooding KSU should not be located directly beneath pipes Leaks or condensation could damage the Electra Elite 48 system equipment area where the KSU is located must be free of corrosive and inflammable gases excessive chemical or industrial dusts and other materials that could cause a hazard to personnel or to the proper functioning of the equipment The operating ambient temperature and humidity must be within the limits specified in 4 2 2 Environmental Conditions in Chapter 2 System Specifications System operation is virtually noiseless and allows wide selection of installation sites Ensure that the KSU does not present a hazard to office traffic To minimize
194. erminal SECTION 6 ADJUSTING THE DTU DTP LCD Electra Elite display Multiline Terminals have an adjustable Liquid Crystal Display LCD The LCD can be adjusted by pushing downward or upward as desired Figure 6 15 Adjusting the DTU DTP LCD System Hardware Manual 6 13 Issue 7 SECTION 7 INSTALLING DTU DTP LINE CARDS AND PLASTIC PANELS 7 1 Electra Elite Line Card and Plastic Panel Installation Line key designations are entered on the Line Card that is then placed on the Multiline Terminal to provide a quick reference of key designations The Line Card can be changed as necessary The Plastic Panel is placed on top of the Line Card to hold it in place 1 Place the Line Card over the keys on the Multiline Terminal 2 Place the tabs on the bottom of the plastic panel in the grooves at the terminal bottom and press top right and left ends to secure plastic panel to the Multiline Terminal Refer to Figure 6 16 Installing Line Card and Plastic Panel on DTU DTP Multiline Terminal Figure 6 16 Installing Line Card and Plastic Panel on DTU DTP Multiline Terminal Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Electra Elite Issue 7 Figure 6 17 Installing Plastic Panel on a DTU DTP Multiline Terminal 7T 2 Plastic Panel Removal Lift the right corner raise the panel and slide the bottom away from the Multiline Terminal Never pull the bottom of the pastic panel to remove it the 1 plastic panel could be
195. ernal microphone obtained from NEC This microphone is equipped with a mute button Figure 7 41 Microphone with Mute 1 Plug the microphone cord into the jack on the HFU U Unit as shown in Figure 7 42 Attaching a Microphone to a Multiline Terminal rz microphone should be at least one foot away from the Multiline Terminal but not more than three feet Minimum 1 Foot from Multiline Terminal Figure 7 42 Attaching a Microphone to a Multiline Terminal Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite Issue 7 3 8 3 Switch Settings The HFU U Unit uses 2 position switches SW1 and SW2 on the HFU U Unit SW1 2 Figure 7 43 HFU U Unit Switches Refer to Table 7 5 HFU U Unit Switch Settings Table 7 5 HFU U Unit Switch Settings SW1 SW2 Position Position Position Position Desecnpilon 1 2 1 2 OFF ON OFF ON Full Duplex Default Half Duplex 6db mix ratio Half Duplex 12db mix ratio Half Duplex 18db mix ratio Full Duplex In some large areas or noisy locations half duplex should be used There are limits to the echo canceling ability of the HFU U t Half Duplex When voice clipping occurs use a lower decibel setting System Hardware Manual 7 33 Issue 7 3 9 Electra Elite PCT U Unit PC Telephony Board The NEC PC Board is a multifunction PC AT add in card with telephone sound system fax and modem abilities and combines multimedia audio Tel
196. fault program System Hardware Manual Issue 7 10 21 Issue 7 Electra Elite H1 SMDR Output Problems No Call Accounting System Incoming Problem only No Check Memory Block 1 5 26 for print selection Printer RS 232C compatible Compare each parameter between printer and MIFM U Unit Baud rate 300 4800 ASCII serial output 7 or 8 bit word SMDR requires RS 232C connection 1 or 2 stop bits Even Odd or no Parity Install MIFM U in Slot S2 Parameter match Set correct parameters If On Off switch on MIFM U is off turn it on Test for proper operation MIFM LED1 ON or Off LED Off Check another MIFM U in Slot S2 1 Refer to Installation Service Manual for RS 232C cable connection Perform printer self test 3 Use a breakout box and ensure that pins On 4 and 20 are logic high from printer to MIFM U m 1 Perform second Initialization 2 Replace B48 U10 KSU MIFM LED1 ON or Off Replace MIFM U Replace printer or modify cable 10 22 System Maintenance Glossary of Abbreviations A The following table includes common abbreviations used throughout this document that are listed in alphabetical order Abbreviations Definition ACD Automatic Call Distribution P
197. fter system installation The troubleshooting flow charts and general test procedures aid the technician to identify possible causes of the problem by defining the problem area Using the System Data Upload Download feature all System Programming and Speed Dial data can be stored on disk for safe keeping All completed System Programming should be downloaded to a disk for backup If system memory fails the data on this disk can be uploaded to restore memory The effectiveness of this maintenance section depends on the technician The technician should not make any assumptions For example a new power supply used to replace another power supply cannot be assumed to be working properly The output of the power supply must be checked with a volt meter The ESI 8 U10 ETU allows the measurement of 5V and 24V This can be used for the power output measurements Refer to Table 10 1 Voltage Measurement Before the technician can troubleshoot the correct tools must be available Some of these are listed below Digital or Analog Multimeter that can read DC and AC current and voltage and DC Resistance Test Set lineman that has termination and monitor modes DTMF and DP dialing 10 1 Issue 7 Electra Elite Hand tools such as Screwdrivers flat and Phillips head Pliers long nose and diagonal Punch down tool SECTION 3 OPERATIONAL TEST 3 1 General Information PROCEDURES When an Electra Elite 4
198. g Cable p ESI e di S DID Ak BRT ECR DPH Py 4 42 YL OR 17 OR YL 43 YL GN RE ES E EST E EST UNT 44 YL BR E es d E ES e L 45 YL SL ERR ER ER ES ER PETER 46 VI BL 21 BL VI E e Ee ND 7 47 VI OR 22 OR VI 48 VI GN TE E E 49 VI BR 24 BR VI EESTI s EXTERNAL PAGE OUTPUT IF Slots 2 and 7 do not have MDF connections These slots can be used for VRS PBR VDH CNF or VMS Installing the KSU Electra Elite Issue 7 2 5 Power Failure Transfer The Power Failure Transfer relay is located in the KSU When selecting a Single Line Telephone for power failure transfer make sure it matches the CO line dialing type 10 pps 20 pps or DTMF where it is connected A Single Line Telephone with a ground button must be used with Ground Start Trunks Refer to Figure 4 2 Power Failure Transfer Connection to SLT To Single Line Telephone Figure 4 2 Power Failure Transfer Connection to SLT 26 Fax CO Branch Connection This connection is made to the fourth port on any COI 4 U COIB 4 U or COID 4 U ETU Refer to Figure 4 3 Fax CO Branch Connection The facsimile machine is connected to the eighth port for the specified slot where COI 4 U COIB 4 U or COID 4 U ETU is installed Demark Ri 3 T2 T R2 R T3 T R3 R T4 T R4 R T8 R8 o m FAX RJ 11 F
199. g cannot be overwritten The Red X allows recordings to be manually deleted The envelope button generates an e mail with the recording inserted for mailing to a colleague 3 17 9 VRS Record Tab This Tab allows the user to view recording levels and control the recording f Dterm Voice Security Recorder 5 Local Playback Record About Options File Management 87 1 22b 10 51 AM 2 9 2004 0 26 Remote 0 0 L notes aboutthe call here Dterm VER EH Supplied by NEC America www cng nec com cng The Oscilloscope shows the local and remote levels on the line separately Microphone is the user level and speaker is the distant party level The Caller ID field is for future versions but information can be entered or overwritten by the user Manual Start Stop and Pause buttons control the recording status Issue 7 Electra Elite The user can add notes and mark important recordings with an exclamation point to avoid deleting the conversation The camera button allows a user to snapshot record conversation to the current point while continuing to record the entire conversation This feature is important for emergency centers where an operator can replay an important part while continuing to record 3 17 10 Options Tab This Tab allows the user to select various setup options of the VSR f Dterm Voice Security Recorder Automatically start recording every ca
200. g the KSU 1 Mount the RAK U10 Unit to the equipment rack using the six provided screws Refer to Figure 4 10 RAK U10 Unit and KSU Use three screws on each side at 1 2 and 3 RAK U10 Unit Figure 4 10 RAK U10 Unit and KSU 2 Install two provided screws into the upper holes at D on the RAK U10 Unit Refer to Figure 4 11 Mounting KSU on the RAK U10 Unit Do not thread screws in the last 1 8 inch RAK U10 Unit Figure 4 11 Mounting KSU on the RAK U10 Unit 3 the two metal KSU tabs on the screws just installed System Hardware Manual 4 15 Issue 7 Electra Elite 4 Install two screws in the lower holes of the KSU at D4 Refer to Figure 4 11 Mounting KSU on the RAK U10 Unit 5 Tighten the four screws to secure the KSU to the RAK U10 Unit 3 6 Replacing the Power Supply Unit in the KSU The Electra Elite 48 system has a P64 U10 PSU with a battery backup interface that accepts 117 Vac and outputs 5V and 24V to the system PSU and verify that the power cord on the replacement PSU is unplugged Before replacing the PSU remove the defective 1 Disconnect power cord from P64 U10 PSU AC IN Connector 2 Remove two screws from front of PSU 3 Pull out the power supply and disconnect the white cable attached to the MBD U10 Unit from the PSU Refer to Figure 4 12 Disconnecting Cable from the PSU 4 16 Installing the KSU Electra Elite Issue 7 Figure 4 12 Disconnecting Cabl
201. gure 8 15 Remodng 8 13 Figure 8 16 Placing Line Card an the Line Panel aaa aka Sek teta 8 14 Figure 8 17 Installing Plastic Panel on DTH DTR Multiline Terminal 8 15 Figure 8 18 Raising DTH DTR Multiline Terminal Height esses 8 15 Figure 8 19 Lowering the Base Cover on the Multiline Terminal 8 16 Figure 8 20 Removing Base Cover 1a Figure 8 21 Installing Base Cover iine reden Figure 8 22 Assembling the Abbreviated Dialing Table 8 19 Figure 8 23 Installing Abbreviated Dialing Table on the Terminal 8 20 Figure 8 24 Removing Ine PIG UR IHRER QU itai Figure 8 25 Sliding the Hook into Position B21 Figure 8 26 milies plis d 8 21 System Hardware Manual Issue 7 Figure 8 27 Bunding One Cord E CHE ov Figure 8 28 MARNE 8 22 Figure 8 29 installing e i o 8 23 Figure 8 30 x m Une TO 8 23 Figure 8 31 dis OO MN M 8 24 Figure 8 32 Removing the Telephone emen EN 8 24 Figure 8 33 Installing Base Cover on Switch BOX 8 25 Figure 8 34
202. h system can have one CTI VP CMS FMS VMS or IVR ETU This ETU is installed in one of the S2 S7 interface slots It has eight channels of built in Voice Mail Slot S7 is recommended for installation This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system Each system can have one CTI VP CMS FMS VMS or IVR ETU Optional Electronic Telephone Units The Automatic Call Distribution ETU interfaces the Elite ACD Plus Server with the Electra Elite KSU This ETU is installed in one of the S2 S7 interface slots Slot S6 is recommended The Base Station Unit ETU interfaces the KSU with the ZT II Zone Transceiver for wireless communication with a PS ll Personal Station This ETU is installed in slots S3 S6 in the B48 U10 KSU A CLKG U Unit must be installed The Common Channel Handler furnishes four K CCIS routes to coordinate receiving common channel data from a distant system or to coordinate sending it to a distant system using Tie Lines 1 VMS 2 4 8 U ETU 1 ETU 3 ETUs 1 12 Introduction Electra Elite Issue 7 EE KSU Maximum Equipment Name Description Quantities The External Control Relay ETU provides common audible tone signaling using relay contacts for external ringing equipment and an audible output for external paging systems Four External Tone ECR U ETU 1 Ringer Control relays one Night Chime relay three External Paging relays and two General Purpose relays ar
203. hone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 6 3 5 FMS 2 4 8 U Connectors J2andJ3 Used to install the MDM F 20 Unit J9 Connects to the backboard 9 pin RS 232 Not used MDM F 20 Unit RJ 11 modem port Remote connector on serial interface MDM F 20 Unit 9 pin RS 232 COM1 Local serial connector on main ETU for direct connection 6 3 6 FMS U30 ETU Jumper Settings J1 Used only on FMS CMS 1 2 No external modem connected default 2 3 External modem connected 6 3 7 FMS U30 ETU Connectors The FMS U30 ETU has the following connectors J2 Connects to the backplane J6 Used for Compact flash drive on FMS J11 COM port for console programming connection J12 Port expansion connector for DSP U30 System Hardware Manual 5 99 Issue 7 5 100 Electra Elite 6 4 VMS 2 4 8 U ETU 6 4 1 Description The VMS 2 4 8 U ETU is a 2 4 or 8 port Digital Voice Mail system This ETU is a PC platform installed in the Electra Elite and contains hard disk space for voice recording storage and application software A digital signal processor voice processing section handles the following functions detection DTMF generation General tone detection FAX CNG tone detection compression for audio recording playback Automatic gain control AGC A serial port direct connect speeds up to 19 2 Kbps to
204. ialization inkl aed ard Rh c9 Mr 10 3 3 4 After Initialization ia Section 4 Troubleshooting iuuat iat iH KMA NUR n DER MA 10 5 4 1 Remote Administration and Maintenance 10 5 4 2 Problem Solving H 4 2 1 System Down UTER M 106 4 2 2 Partial Operation bunbeups5u ec TE 4 2 3 EE gt L5 C eren RNC 10 6 No Internal Dial Tone to any Multiline Terminal or SLT 10 7 No LED or Display Indications on any Multiline Terminal 10 8 Radio Frequency Interference 10 9 No ar Intermittent CO PBX Ring ssicisisasesccracsierseanieeineienseoiansiee 10 10 Call DroppING re ILU No Outside Dial Tone Access ee Q 10 12 CO PBX Dialing Problem Cannot Dial Out on CO 10 13 Multiline Terminal Function Problems 10 14 Multiline Terminal Ringing Problems 10 15 Multiline Terminal Dial Tone Access Problems 10 16 No Dial Tone Access on SLT E TET 10 17 Ringing Problem Sn SLT No Dial Access to F
205. igure 4 3 Fax CO Branch Connection System Hardware Manual 4 9 Issue 7 SECTION 3 INSTALLING THE KSU Electra Elite The compact design of the Electra Elite 48 KSU provides easy installation The KSU is wall mounted only y Before installing the system observe the following C precautions Ensure that the Power Supply Unit PSU is OFF and that the power cord is disconnected from the AC outlet Do not touch the soldered surfaces of the ETUs with your hands 3 4 General Information 3 1 1 KSU The B48 U10 KSU provides service for outside lines Attendant Consoles and interconnection of the station terminals The B48 U10 KSU provides 48 ports and has one fixed and six flexible slots Fixed slot 1 is reserved for the ESI 8 U ETU that is built in on the MBD U10 Unit A P64 U10 Power Supply Unit PSU and backup batteries are provided with the KSU Installing the KSU Electra Elite Issue 7 3 2 Removing the KSU Cover The front cover must be removed to access the battery cables and ETU slots 1 Loosen the screws near the bottom of the KSU Do not remove screws from the unit 2 Pullthe front cover off toward you Figure 4 4 Removing the Cover of the KSU 3 3 Securing Cables Using the Velcro Strap When attaching the amphenol cables to the side of the KSU they can be secured using the provided velcro strap This should be done prior to attaching the KSU to the wall mount bracket Thread the velcro stra
206. ilt in speakerphone ADA compatibility and a large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages This terminal has a 16 character by 2 line Liquid Crystal Display LCD ETW 24DS 1 2 TEL This terminal is a fully modular instrument with tilt stand 24 Flexible Line keys each with 2 color LED eight function keys 12 programmable One Touch keys dual path ability built in speakerphone ADA compatibility and a large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages This terminal has a 16 character by 2 line Liquid Crystal Display LCD EDW 48 1 2 DSS BLF This console has a tilt stand 48 programmable keys with dual LEDs green and red and 12 function keys with red LED All 48 keys can be assigned as DSS keys outside line keys or function keys Adapters and Optional Units AC R Unit The AC Adapter unit connects to the AP R R Unit or to the CT A R One per Multiline Terminal Unit when cable distance exceeds 200 feet as required ACA U Unit The AC Adapter unit connects to one of the following APR U Unit Multiline Terminal CTA U Unit CTU C U Unit CTU S U Unit HFU U Unit or Pen S required DTP 16HC 1 TEL System Hardware Manual 1 17 Issue 7 Electra Elite Equipment Name Description KSU Maximum Quantities ADA U Unit AD A R Unit ADA 1 W Unit ADA 2 W Unit This Ancillary Device adapter provides the Digital Multiline Terminal with connection for a tape recorde
207. ine Terminals m 2 1 TEL 8 1 22 g lil TEL er cT 8 2 23 DIWOTRSD 1 TEL eee 8 3 TEL scien 26 O Section 3 Single Line Telephones Td xviii Table of Contents Electra Elite Issue 7 o TEL A 8 8 Section 4 Connecting DTH DTR to the System Tip 8 9 Section 5 Connecting DCR Attendant Console to a Multiline Terminal 8 10 Section 6 Adjusting the DTH DTR LCD 8 12 Section 7 Installing DTH DTR Line Cards and Plastic Panels 8 12 Section8 Adjusting DTH DTR Multiline Terminal Height mre 8 15 Section 9 Removing or Installing the Base Cover E 8 17 Section 10 Installing Abbreviated Dialing Table 19 Section 11 Wall Mounting the DTH DTR Telephone 8 20 TET Hanger FIOOK bep abe FO in pata PSI per PIE PR pM ee 11 2 Installing the Base Cover to the Wall 8 21 11 3 Installing Base Cover on a Switch Box 8 25 11 4 Installing Telephone Using WM R Unit
208. ion SW1 1 Connect to DTH DTR default SW1 2 IP Phone IRT Sets impedance to 6000 for devices such as SW3 1 aa modems or facsimile machines default Used for complex impedance devices such as SW3 2 Single Line Telephones 123458678 DSW ang ds Default Installing Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 7 Hook tabs A and B in the slots on the Multiline Terminal as shown in Figure 8 54 Attaching the AP A AP R R Unit to the DTH DTR Multiline Terminal and press down until the unit clicks into place Figure 8 54 Attaching the AP A AP R R Unit to the DTH DTR Multiline Terminal Close the base plate and snap the cover in place Install the ferrite core provided with either Unit about 2 inches from the line cord plug as shown in Figure 8 55 Installing Ferrite Core Connect the line cord to the unit Limit the cable length from the AP A AP R R Unit to the Single Line Telephone to a maximum of 50 feet AP A AP R Figure 8 55 Installing Ferrite Core Issue 7 Electra Elite 7 For the AP R R only plug the AC adapter power cord in the indicated AP R R Unit receptacle and connect it to a power source 8 Install the extended base plate 14 4 CT A R Unit Computer Telephony Adapter Computer Telephony Adapter shown in Figure 8 56 CT A R Unit allows a DTH DTR Multiline Terminal connection to a PC The PC can perform a
209. ion Not Used LAN inactive 8 LAN connection Not Used LAN inactive 9 10Base2 status 10Base2 sending Not Used 10Base2 inactive 10 Intercom status Intercom channel on Not Used No intercom some channel in use terminal used 5 6 7 Connectors The VDH2 8 U ETU has the following connectors Connects to the backboard CN2 CH1 7 Connects to Multiline Terminals CN2 CH8 Connects to Multiline Terminal or cascades to another HUB CN3 Connects 10Base 2 cascade cables from another HUB or mainframe LAN When SW2 is set to X the following table indicates the pin assignments for the RJ 45 pins for CN2 CH8 System Hardware Manual 5 75 Issue 7 Electra Elite TD indicates Transmit Data and RD indicates Receive Data Normal Pin Signaling 6 TD 3 TD 2 RD 1 RD When SW2 is set to the following table indicates the assignments for the RJ 45 pins for CN2 CH8 Cascade Pin Signaling 6 RD 3 RD 2 1 TD TD te Cables that connect a terminal to a HUB are straight and cables that connect HUB to HUB are crossed Coreline uses straight cables only RJ 45 RJ 45 Straight RJ 45 1 1 2 2 3 3 6 6 RJ 45 RJ 45 Reversed RJ 45 1 2 ic NN SURE 6 _ 22 Figure 5 47 Cable Connection Comparison 5 76 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite SECTION 6 Voice MAIL ETUS System Hardware Manual Issue 7 6 1
210. ion keys or as outside line keys An external power supply AC adapter is provided with the Attendant Console A maximum of four DCU 60 1 Consoles can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system An Attendant Position can have four DCU 60 1 Consoles associated with it Figure 6 8 DCU 60 1 Console 6 8 Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Electra Elite SECTION 3 SINGLE LINE TELEPHONES System Hardware Manual 3 1 Issue 7 DTP 1 1 or DTP 1 2 TEL The Single Line Telephone is a fully modular terminal with a Flash key redial key 3 level receive volume control 2 level ring volume control data jack and message waiting lamp Each terminal requires an SLT 1 U ADP or SLI 4 8 U ETU A maximum of 24 DTP 1 1 or DTP 1 2 TELs can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system Figure 6 9 DTP 1 1 TEL Single Line Telephone te H switch setting for the receive volume control should only be used by hearing impaired individuals otherwise hearing damage may occur This telephone complies with HAC Hearing Aid Compatible volume control defined by section 68 317 of the FCC Rules and Regulations 1996 edition rz H switch setting for the receive volume control should only be used by hearing impaired individuals otherwise hearing damage may occur This telephone complies with HAC Hearing Aid Compatible volume control defined by section 68 317 of the FCC Rules and Regulations 1996 edition Issue
211. is ETU can be installed in slots S3 S6 in the B48 U10 KSU The maximum number depends on other Trunk cards installed This ETU shares the total number of CO PBX lines in the system A CLKG U Unit must be installed 2 ETUs 16 B Channels System Hardware Manual Issue 7 Electra Elite Equipment Name Description Electrical fuses posistors are built into this This unit supports four outside CO PBX lines and provides circuitry for ring detection holding and dialing The outside lines must be Loop Start DTMF trunks 4 ETUs COI 4 U ETU COI 8 U ETU This ETU is installed in slots S3 S6 in the B48 U10 KSU This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk The maximum number depends on other Trunk cards installed This ETU shares the total number of CO PBX lines in the system Electrical fuses posistors are built into this ETU This unit supports eight outside CO PBX lines and provides circuitry for ring detection holding and dialing The outside lines can be any combination of Loop Start or Ground Start DTMF trunks This ETU is installed in slots S3 S6 in the B48 U10 KSU This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk The maximum number depends on other Trunk cards installed This ETU shares the total number of CO PBX lines in the system 16 CO PBX lines 2 ETUS 16 CO PBX lines COIB 4 U10 ETU This ETU can function the same as the COl 4 U or COID 4 U ETU to provide Central
212. it System Hardware Manual 7 19 Issue 7 Electra Elite 3 5 CTA U Unit Computer Telephony Adapter Computer Telephony Adapter allows a DTP or DTU Multiline Terminal connection to a PC The PC can perform all Multiline Terminal functions using a TAPI compatible application software Figure 7 25 Attaching an Electra Elite Multiline Terminal to a PC The CTA U Unit is attached to the bottom of any DTP DTU Multiline Terminal except DTP 2DT 1 and DTP 16HC 1 ACA U Unit AC Adapter Figure 7 26 CTA U Unit 7 20 Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 7 3 5 1 Installing the CTA U Unit 1 Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation Refer to Section 2 Preparing Multiline Terminal for Adapter Installation 2 Plugthe unit into the receptacle connector inside the base plate on the Multiline Terminal Refer to Figure 7 27 Attaching the Unit to the Multiline Terminal Figure 7 27 Attaching the Unit to the Multiline Terminal 3 Close the base plate Issue 7 Electra Elite 3 5 2 Connecting the Cables on the CTA U Unit Connect the RS 232C cable from the computer to the connector on the CTA U Unit as shown in Figure 7 28 Connecting the RS 232C Cable to the CTA U Unit on the Multiline Terminal Figure 7 28 Connecting the RS 232C Cable to the CTA U Unit on the Multiline Terminal 3 5 3 Installing the Driver on the PC Using the setup
213. ith the base plate and base cover assembly attached to the wall hook the two bottom tabs on the base cover into the tab slots on the base of the Multiline Terminal Base Cover 4 Multiline Terminal Line Cord Base Tab Slots Figure 7 56 Attaching the Bottom Tabs of the Multiline Terminal to the Base Cover Push up on the Multiline Terminal and lock the top tabs on the base cover into the tab slots on the base of the Multiline Terminal Turn terminal slightly clockwise to interface with base cover Figure 7 57 Attaching the Top Tabs of the Base to the Base Cover shows how the Multiline Terminal is attached Tab Slots Multiline Terminal Tabs Line Cord Wall Base Base Cover Figure 7 57 Attaching the Top Tabs of the Base to the Base Cover Issue 7 Electra Elite 10 When properly installed the wall mounted Multiline Terminal looks similar to the one shown in Figure 7 58 Installed Wall Mount Unit Figure 7 58 Installed Wall Mount Unit rz Do not adjust the tilt panel after the Multiline Terminal is mounted on the wall 3 12 3 Installing the Wall Mount Unit and Mounting the Multiline Terminal Using the WMU U Unit When installing any adapter unit a separate WMU U Unit must be purchased to accommodate this unit 1 Remove the line cord base plate and base cover from the Multiline Terminal as shown in Section 2 Preparing Multiline Terminal for Adapter Installation in the previous se
214. ity with ADA U APA U APR U CTA U CTU C U CTU S U or HFU U Unit This terminal has a 24 character 3 line adjustable Liquid Crystal Display LCD and four softkeys 32 DTH 32D 1 TEL DTR 32D 1 TEL This digital Multiline Terminal is equipped with 32 programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED nine function keys a built in speakerphone a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages headset jack and compatibility with AD A R AP A R AP R R or CT A R Unit A Directory button allows Caller ID scrolling and a Message button allows direct access to voice mail This terminal has a 24 character 3 line adjustable Liquid Crystal Display LCD and four softkeys 32 ptem pg II DTR 1R 1 TEL DTR 4R 1 TEL 1 16 The Personal Station wireless terminal provides the features and benefits of a desktop telephone without the inconvenience of having to remain close to the desktop The D Analog Cordless terminal uses 2 4 GHz Digital Spread Spectrum DSS Technology and is connected to an analog port using SLI 4 8 U or OPX 2 U ETU an SLT 1 U ADP or an APR U Unit connected to the Multiline Terminal This terminal does not have an LCD display The 0 Cordless terminal uses 900 MHz Digital Spread Spectrum DSS Technology and is connected in tandem to a Multiline Terminal This terminal can be switched between cordless and the Multiline Terminal connected to it using a key on the
215. k 3 Busy Channel 4 Channel 5 Channel 7 LOF AIS Active Call Channel Busy CO Trunk 4 Busy Channel Busy CO Trunk 5 Busy LED 6 Channel 6 CRC Error Channel Busy CO Trunk 6 Busy Channel Busy CO Trunk 7 Busy Channel 8 Not Used Channel Busy CO Trunk 8 Busy Channel 9 Not Used Channel Busy CO Trunk 9 Busy Channel 10 LED 11 Channel 11 Not Used Not Used Channel Busy Channel Busy CO Trunk 10 Busy CO Trunk 11 Busy LED 12 Channel 12 Not Used Channel Busy CO Trunk 12 Busy LED N A Channel Trunk Status On SW2 Position 2 On SW2 Position 4 Channel 13 N A Channel Busy CO Trunk 13 Busy Channel 14 N A Channel Busy CO Trunk 14 Busy Channel 15 A N A Channel 18 N Channel Busy Channel Busy CO Trunk 15 Busy CO Trunk 16 Busy Channel Busy CO Trunk 17 Busy Channel Busy CO Trunk 18 Busy Channel 19 N A Channel Busy CO Trunk 19 Busy Channel 20 N A Channel Busy CO Trunk 20 Busy Channel 21 Channel 22 N A Channel Busy CO Trunk 21 Busy Channel Busy CO Trunk 22 Busy LED 11 Channel 23 N A Channel Busy CO Trunk 23 Busy LED 12 Not Used N A Not Used Not Used System Hardware Manual 5 51 Issue 7 Electra Elite 4 10 5 Alarm Conditions A brief description of each alarm condition referred to under the SW2 position O alarm Indications is given below Layer 1 Status LED is on re
216. k is up the green LED is On to indicate activity 7 6 6 Connectors This ETU has the following connectors P1 Connects to the backboard J10 J11 Reserved for future use J5 RJ 45 Ethernet connector for future use J6 Default RJ 45 Ethernet connector 5 126 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 77 IPCA U ETU 7 7 1 Description The IPCA U ETU is a pure IP switch ETU for use with the Electra Elite KSU The IPCA U ETU can manage call control for a maximum of 30 IP software telephones The MG 8 U ETU is required for IP telephones to communicate with existing Electra Elite telephones or various available trunks LED 11 2 LED 5 J7 122 veo shin Figure 5 66 IPCA U10 System Hardware Manual 5 127 Issue 7 Electra Elite 7 7 2 Installation Only one IPCA U can be installed slots 51 58 The system is limited by 32 stations This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system switch setting changes before inserting it in When installing this ETU make all ETU DIP z the KSU 7 7 3 Installation Procedure 1 Ensure that Switch S3 is in SHUTDOWN 2 Insert IPCA U ETU in Electra Elite IPK KSU 3 Connect LAN cable to the LAN 4 Ensure that Switch S3 is in RUN 5 Wait for the green AP1 LED to come On 7 7 4 Shut Down Procedure 1 Ensure that Drive LED is not flashing 2 Place Switch
217. l information at the end of each call When selected a screen is shown to allow the user to manage calls at completion The user can save or erase the call add notes or mark important calls using the red f Dterm Voice Security Recorder caller ID or key info here Notes aboutthe call can be entered here 3 17 11 File Management Tab File management is necessary when the user makes many telephone calls and stores each conversation The selections are self explanatory f Dterm Voice Security Recorder 7 62 Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite Issue 7 3 17 12 Custom Program Settings Comvurgent provides the dealer or user the option of making additional adjustments NEC NEC Dterm Dterm Intro xtr Logo dll Logo ico MultixtR dll Options Recorder Config exe VSR exe Select an itern to view its gt description Recording See also Features xtr My Documents My Network Places My Computer This special configuration program can only be accessed by browsing to the installation location default C Program Files Comvurgent XtRecorder and then click on the NEC Dterm Config exe ts customer takes all responsibility to ensure they meet legal requirements Comvurgent provides the user option settings to meet customer demands and cannot be responsible for misapplication of the product Several settings can be customized to meet requirements of the appli
218. lectra Elite Electra Elite Issue 7 Figure 8 53 RENE Gb FOE 8 41 Figure 8 54 Attaching the AP A AP R R Unit to the DTH DTR Multiline Terminal repre bed phe heb ipai 8 43 Figure 8 55 Installing Ferrite Core 8 43 Figure 8 56 Re P M 8 44 Figure 8 57 Typical Connection for ESI ESIC 8 45 Figure 8 58 Typical Connection Using VDH 22 8 45 Figure 8 59 Attaching the CT A R Unit to the DTH DTR Multiline Terminal 8 46 Figure 8 60 Installing and Anchoring Headset 8 47 Figure 8 61 Connecting the RS 232C Cable to the CT A R Unit on the Multiline ES iE 7 TET Ue 8 47 Figure 8 62 Removing tt 8 48 Figure 8 63 Koy IC 1 MERE Em E 8 49 Figure 9 1 Modular Terminal Connections for Multiline Terminals and Attendant Add On 9 2 Figure 9 2 Connect an Electra Professional Multiline Terminal to the Eme AS 9 3 Figure 9 3 x M eT E 9 4 Figure 9 4 Ln 2 aedes eb E RAE NIU EEM Re blb DN YU FRE pM TAURI 9 4 Figure 9 5 Connecting an Attendant Console to a Multiline Terminal 9 5 System Hardware Manual xxxiii Issu
219. lectra Elite Issue 7 14 3 AP A AP R R Unit Port Adapter The Analog Port Adapter without Ringer AP A or Analog Port Adapter with Ringer AP R is the interface for installing Single Line Telephones Modems Credit Card Readers Wireless Headsets NEC VoicePoint VoicePoint Plus Conferencing unit and other compatible analog devices The AP R R Unit generates ringing signals and requires AC R Unit Refer to Figure 8 52 AP A AP R R Unit and Switches Refer to Figure 8 53 Typical Connection for an example Figure 8 52 AP A AP R R Unit and Switches Main device SOLUTE 100A D MAIN board CN14 ST1 ST8 or ESI unit CN2 Dterm85 AP A AP R ST9 ST16 telephone Analog terminal Line cord 2 wire Line cord 2 line SOLUTE 300 ESI unit CH1 CH8 or ESIC unit CH1 CH4 only use of AP R unit Figure 8 53 Typical Connection System Hardware Manual 8 41 Issue 7 14 3 1 Electra Elite Instaling AP A R or AP R R Unit on any DTH DTR Multiline Terminal except DTR 2DT 1 1 Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation Refer to Section 13 Preparing DTH DTR Multiline Terminal for Adapter Installation 2 Set the SW1 SW3 and DSW switches to default settings shown in Table 8 3 AP A R AP R R Unit Switch Settings Use nippers to remove the cover over the DSW switch Table 8 3 AP A R AP R R Unit Switch Settings Switch Setting Descript
220. lite Never touch uninsulated telephone wires or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Using the telephone line cord supplied with the 0 Analog Cordless terminal connect the TEL LINE to the telephone line 12 3 Applying Power to the Base Unit 1 Plug the AC Adapter connector in the DC IN 9V jack 2 Route the power cord where it does not create a trip hazard or where it could become chafed and create a fire or other electrical hazards 3 Plug the AC Adapter in a standard 120 Vac wall outlet rz AC Adapter furnished with this phone should be equipped with a polarized line plug one blade is wider than the other This plug fits into the power outlet only one way When you cannot insert the plug fully into the outlet reverse the plug When the plug still does not fit contact your facilities coordinator about replacing the obsolete plug Do not alter the shape of the blades of the polarized plug Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Electra Elite SECTION 13 pierme ps l System Hardware Manual 13 1 Description Issue 7 This terminal has wireless communication with a Zone Transceiver ZT Il that is directly connected to the system Refer to Figure 6 29 ptem Wireless Terminal Figure 6 29 D PS Wireless Terminal Issue 7 Electra Elite SECTION 1
221. lite System Hardware Manual Issue 7 3 10 2 Wall Mounting the SLT 1 U ADP 1 Remove the two screws from the top to open the SLT Adapter as shown in Figure 7 46 Removing the Screws from the SLT 1 U ADP Figure 7 46 Removing the Screws from the SLT 1 U ADP 2 Using the two provided wood screws attach the unit to the wall Close the unit and secure with the two screws that were previously removed Figure 7 47 Attaching the SLT 1 U ADP to the Wall Issue 7 Electra Elite 3 11 VDD U Unit Voice Data Unit for Digital Terminals This unit provides the station and LAN split for digital terminals This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU Multiline Terminal except DTP 2DT 1 and DTP 16HC 1 connected to a VDH2 8 U ETU It is used when LAN and telephone lines are incorporated into one cable Figure 7 48 VDD U Unit 3 11 1 Installing a VDD U Unit on a Multiline Terminal Refer to 3 5 CTA U Unit Computer Telephony Adapter The instructions for installing these units are the same 3 11 2 Connecting Cables to the VDD U Unit 1 When the Multiline Terminal is already connected to the ESI 8 U ETU unplug the telephone cord 2 Plugthe cable from the VDH2 8 U ETU and from the PC LAN board into the modular jacks on the VDD U Unit The jacks are labeled Plug the cable from the VDD U Unit into the modular jack on the Multiline Terminal Limit the cable length from the VDH to the PC vi
222. ll Starts the recording when a call including internal extension calls is made Recorded format 7 60 Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 7 Perfect Digital Recording stores the recording in PCM format directly from the digital line However the highest quality requires significant space 35 hours per Gbyte on the PC disk GSM 06 10 uses a compression technique to store 168 Hours per Gbyte The quality difference is negligible so this becomes the default selection Show dialog when Recorder starts Selecting this default option brings the Record Tab to the front of the user screen when record is activated Call Selection Saves all calls or only those that exceed an established limit Show splash screen at startup When selected the VSR logo is shown for five seconds when the application is started Email format Allows the user to select the type of file inserted in an e mail when the user selects the e mail button on the Playback Tab to send the VSR format to other users that have this application or to convert it to a wav format for replay by any PC ptem VSR selection automatically adds the Caller ID time date and comments fields to any e mail Prompt for call information at the start of each call When selected the Record screen is displayed when a call is made to allow the user to enter information Issue 7 Electra Elite Prompt for cal
223. ll Multiline Terminal functions using a TAPI compatible application software Figure 8 56 CT A R Unit 14 4 1 Typical Connection using an ESI ESIC Refer to Figure 8 57 Typical Connection for ESI ESIC 8 44 Installing Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 7 SOLUTE 300 Dterm85 CT A ESI unit RS 232C cable Straight CH1 CH8 Line cord 2 line CT A unit D sub9 male pin or ESIC unit CH1 CH4 5 2 Headphone option Figure 8 57 Typical Connection for ESI ESIC 14 4 2 Typical Connection using VDH ETU Refer to Figure 8 58 Typical Connection Using VDH ETU Headphone option Dterm85 CT A VD RS 232C cable Straight CT A unit D sub9 male pin SOLUTE 300 LAN cable 10BASE T VDH unit CH1 CH8 Figure 8 58 Typical Connection Using VDH ETU 14 4 8 Installing the CT A R Unit 1 Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation Refer to Section 13 Preparing DTH DTR Multiline Terminal for Adapter Installation Issue 7 Electra Elite 2 Set CT A R Unit switches to default settings Refer to Table 8 4 CT A R Unit Switch Settings Table 8 4 CT A R Unit Switch Settings Switch Setting Description SW1 SW3 1 1 default Sets impedance to 6000 for devices such as modems or facsimile machines SW3 2 Used for complex impedance devices such as Single Line Teleph
224. lled in slots S2 S7 The 10Base T ports on the VDH2 8 U ETU use 4 wire polar cables When connecting VDH2 8 U to a multiline terminal do not use under carpet cables because the device becomes susceptible to outside noises It is better to use EIA TIA round cables instead of flat cables When under carpet cables are used you must follow the installation instructions provided by the cable manufacturer Also consider these precautions Limit the under carpet cable length to 65 feet When using multiple pair cabling to connect the VDH2 8 U units to the multiline terminal do not include analog lines in the same cable When connecting a VDH2 8 U ETU lead the cable connected to the ETU out through the clamp on the bottom right of the KSU Figure 5 43 10Base T Cable Connections shows cable connections to the LAN using 10Base T cabling Use an EIA TIA category 3 or higher unshielded twisted pair cable Do not use 10Base T cable for overhead wiring or for outdoor wiring 5 6 5 Switch Settings and Jumpers Refer to Table 5 31 VDH2 8 U ETU Default Switch Settings and Table 5 32 Jumper Settings Table 5 31 VDH2 8 U Default Switch Settings Switch Setting Description SW1 N A Reset Switch SW2 X Port 8 Normal Use Mode Defines Port 8 LAN Cable Integration communication mode Port 8 10Base T cascades to another VDH2 8 U ETU or HUB Issue 7 Electra Elite T
225. lowing functions detection generation General tone detection FAX CNG tone detection PCM compression for audio recording playback Automatic gain control A serial port direct connect speeds up to 115 200 bps used for direct connection console programming and backup restore ALAN port with an RJ 45 connector activated only with CTI Upto two fax ports activated only with CTI built in modem for remote console programming that supports up to 19 2 Kbps 5 84 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 Table 5 38 Configuration Support Function Applications Automated Attendant Voice Mail with call forwarding release transfer Automated Attendant Voice Mail without call forwarding await answer transfer Voice Mail only no transfer Call Forwarding Connections Hardware Supported Connects to backplane of the KSU RJ 45 LAN connection RJ 11 Modem connection VGA connection for monitor support PS2 Keyboard and Mouse connections One 4 8 12 16 0 ETU Message Notification Operator Console Uses message waiting lamp 100 default Positive connect Digital signal Ez D Figure 5 50 EliteMail CTI System Board System Hardware Manual Issue 7 Electra Elite 6 2 1 1 System Board Components The components identified in Figure 5 50 EliteMail CTI System Board are li
226. m A maximum of 31 DTU DTP 32 1 terminals can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system is 32 Figure 6 6 DTU 32 1 TEL Multiline Terminal Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 2 7 Issue 7 DTU 32D 2 TEL This digital Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED 16 one touch keys eight function keys a built in speakerphone headset jack a large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages and compatibility with ADA U APA U APR U CTA U CTU C U CTU S U HFU U or VDD U Unit This terminal is also equipped with a 3 line 24 character adjustable Liquid Crystal Display LCD and four softkeys System software can be changed so this Multiline Terminal can have 24 programmable line keys and eight one touch keys The DTP 32D 1 TEL can also be used with the Electra Elite 48 system A maximum of 32 DTU 32D 2 DTP 32D 1 terminals can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system is 32 Figure 6 7 DTU 32D 2 TEL Multiline Terminal Issue 7 Electra Elite 2 8 DCU 60 1 CONSOLE The Attendant Console has 60 programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED that can be programmed as Direct Station Selection keys funct
227. m Hardware Manual 5 65 Issue 7 5 4 2 5 4 3 5 4 4 Electra Elite Installation A maximum of three OPX 2 U ETUs can be installed in slots S3 S6 The extension can be run up to three miles 5 km using 24 AWG wiring LED Indications LED 1 indications are listed below Blinking Red Normal Operation Steady Red Operation Stopped power Off No Power LED 2 indications are listed below Steady Red Some port s busy Off All ports idle Connectors The OPX 2 U ETU has one connector Connects to the backboard 5 4 5 Connections MDF RDO T1 BK O GR OL RJ 11 ae Single Line Telephone Figure 5 39 OPX 2 U ETU CN1 Connection Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 7 5 5 SLI 4 8 U ETU 5 5 1 Description The SLI 4 8 U ETU has a built in ringing generator RSG and provides an interface for Single Line Telephones or analog Voice Mail ports This ETU also provides circuitry for loop status detection talk battery sending ringing signals message waiting and loop disconnect for dial pulse signal detection t The PBR circuit on the MBD U10 Unit or the PBR U ETU is required with Voice Mail or DTMF Single Line Telephones Figure 5 40 SLI 8 U ETU Issue 7 5 5 2 5 5 3 5 5 4 5 5 5 Single Line Single Line Telephone Telephone SLI 4 U ETU SL
228. maximum number depends on other Trunk cards installed This ETU shares the total number of CO PBX lines rz DTI U and PRT 1 U cannot be used in the same system A CLKG U Unit must be installed DTI U ETU This ETU can installed in slots S3 S6 in the B48 U10 KSU 4 ETUs S8000 or higher 16 Lines This IP Gateway ETU is an optional Interface that can combine trunk calls into Gateway trunks This ETU can emulate the following ETUs TLI 2 U DID 4 U COl 4 8 U or COID 4 8 U Refer to the applicable ETU 4 ETUs assignment for the trunk capacity Variable IPT 4 U ETU This ETU can be installed in KSU slots that support the applicable assigned ETU IP Gateway Trunks IPT 8 U ETU The maximum number depends on other trunk cards installed This Telnes ETU shares the total number of CO PBX lines in the system This ETU also shares the total number of station ports in the system This IP Gateway ETU is an optional Interface that can combine trunk calls into Gateway trunks This ETU can emulate the following ETUs TLI 2 U DID 4 U COI 4 8 U or COID 4 8 U Refer to the applicable ETU 4 ETUS assignment for the trunk capacity Variable This ETU can be installed in KSU slots that support the applicable assigned ETU The maximum number depends on other trunk cards installed This ETU shares the total number of CO PBX lines in the system This ETU also shares the
229. minal can be connected to the Electra Elite System using a tandem connection to a Multiline Terminal The terminal has a 16 digit 2 line LCD dial pad talk key chan key hold key transfer key conf key mute key vol key a msg icon vibrator and four function keys with red LEDs The cordless terminal can be switched to the Multiline Terminal connected to it by pressing the Desk key on the base unit of the idle D Cordless Lite Terminal 30 Introduction Electra Elite Issue 7 Equipment Name Description KSU Maximum Quantities DTP DTU 8 1 TEL This digital Multiline Terminal has eight programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED built in speakerphone a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages headset jack and compatibility with ADA U APA U APR U CTA U CTU C U CTU S U or HFU U Unit 31 DTH 8 1 TEL DTR 8 1 TEL This digital Multiline Terminal has eight programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED nine function keys built in speakerphone a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages headset jack and compatibility with AD A R AP A R AP R R or CT A R Unit A Directory button allows Caller ID scrolling and a Message button allows direct access to voice mail 31 DTP 8D 1 TEL DTU 8D 2 TEL This digital Multiline Terminal has eight programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED built in speakerphone a Large LED to indicate incoming calls
230. minals Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 2 3 Issue 7 DTU 8D 2 TEL This digital Multiline Terminal has eight programmable line keys each with the 2 color LED eight function keys a built in speakerphone headset jack a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages and compatibility with ADA U APA U APR U CTA U CTU C U CTU S U HFU U or VDD U Unit This terminal also has a 3 line 24 character adjustable Liquid Crystal Display LCD and four softkeys The DTP 8D 1 TEL can also be used with the Electra Elite 48 system A maximum of 32 DTU 8D 2 DTP 8D 1 terminals can be installed in the Electra Elite 48 system The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can be installed in the Electra Elite 48 system is 32 Figure 6 3 DTU 8D 2 TEL Multiline Terminal Issue 7 Electra Elite 2 4 DTU 16 1 TEL This digital nondisplay Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED eight function keys a built in speakerphone headset jack a large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages and compatibility with ADA U APA U APR U CTA U CTU C U CTU S U HFU U or VDD U Unit The DTP 16 1 TEL can also be used with the Electra Elite 48 system A maximum of 31 DTU DTP 16 1 terminals can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system is 32 Figur
231. mmunication port connections are Function Port PC Programming COM 1 Wireless Programming COM 1 Least Cost Routing LCR COM 1 Station Message Detail Recording SMDR 7 50 Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite Issue 7 Serial port characteristics include Characteristic Value Baud Rate Parity None Stop Bit 1 stop bit Data Bit 8 bits Port Type DCE CN403 CN412 CN413 CN414 CN415 CN416 CN417 3 16 2 System Hardware Manual Figure 7 67 Connecting a PC to the KSU Connecting the Printer to the KSU When using the charge control ability connect the printer to the KSU to allow the printing of the charge data Connect the printer to the serial port on the side of the KSU with an RS 232C straight cable Use the COM 2 port to connect the printer Issue 7 Electra Elite 3 16 3 Remote Programming Using the Built in Modem Modem Kit Unit PC programming abilities include Remote Programming Connect the CO line to the modem extension number The following characteristics apply to the built in modem Characteristic Value Baud Rate 28 8Kbps Max Parity None Stop Bit 1 Data Bit 8 rz When using this program area to make changes the application must be closed and started again to become effective 7 52 Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite Issue 7 3 17 Voice Security Recorder 3 17 1 Description The VSR Extension Recorder is a Universal Serial Bu
232. movable Media and check Include this location in the search and enter the location where the downloaded files are to be stored e g Documents 6 Select Next and the next screen is displayed System Hardware Manual 7 55 Issue 7 Electra Elite Hardware Installation The software you are installing for this hardware Dterm Recorder USB Interface has not passed Windows Logo testing to verify its compatibility with Windows XP Tell me why this testing is important Continuing your installation of this software may impair or destabilize the correct operation of your system either immediately or in the future Microsoft strongly recommends that you stop this installation now and contact the hardware vendor for software that has passed Windows Logo testing Continue Anyway STOP Installation 7 software is fully tested but has not been sent to Microsoft for approval Select Continue Anyway and the next screen is displayed Hardware Update Wizard Completing the Hardware Update Wizard The wizard has finished installing the software for Dterm Recorder USB Interface Click Finish to close the wizard 8 The necessary device drivers are installed 9 Select Finish to close the dialogue 7 56 Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite Issue 7 10 Now run Setup exe on your NEC installation CD to install necessary application software on your PC 11 Connect a telephone to the VSR p
233. n 4 4 Installing the KSU Electra Elite Issue 7 Table 4 1 MDF Cable Connections col i Station Station COl COIB Running Cable Cable ESI p SI OP or DI ecr BSU mE DTU ETW 8 8 2 4 AMPHENOL 1 26 WH BL GN BK T 1 BL WH RD YL R 27 WH OR GN BK T 2 OR WH RD YL R 28 WH GN GN BK T S 3 GN WH RD YL R L 29 WH BR GN BK T 4 BR WH RD YL R 30 WH SL GN BK T 5 SL WH RD YL R 1 81 RD BL GN BK T 6 BL RD RD YL R 32 RD OR GN BK T 7 OR RD RD YL R 33 RD GN GN BK T 8 GN RD RD YL R T 1 T TAY 1 DP1 ZTII R R R TB 1 Zone 3 1 T T T EP po RB RB 1 Zone2 T T T TA gp Zr T T T RA 2 wi ght pp4 T T DLR R R 1 T T DLR R R 2 T T DLR R R 3 T T Fax DLR R R Brch 4 8000 or higher System Hardware Manual 4 5 Issue 7 Electra Elite Table 4 1 MDF Cable Connections Continued Col Station Station COl MDF Pin Running SLI SLI OP DTI BSU No Cable ESI a 4 x oa a DID par BRT ECR DPH 2 4 42 YL OR GN T T T T 17 OR YL RD R R R R R 43 YL GN GN AG T T T T 18 GN YL RD R R R R R 44 YL BR GN T T T T T 19 BR Y
234. n display indication or Multiline Terminal is installed system tones are generated 4 2 2 Partial Operation The term refers to any situation that cannot be completely described under the System Down conditions 10 5 Issue 7 10 6 Electra Elite 4 2 3 Reset At times the station and or the ETU must be reset The following resets are used in the system Terminal Reset Unplug the station line cord from the station and then plug it back into the station Reset Press the RESET switch 4 3 Flowcharts Condition Flowchart Page A System Down 107 E ICM NE B Partial Operations 1 Radio Frequency Interference B1 10 9 2 Noor Intermittent CO PBX Ring C1 10 10 3 Call Dropping C2 10 11 4 No Outside Dial Tone Access C3 10 12 EE C Multiline Terminal Problems 1 Multiline Terminal Function D1 10 14 2 Multiline Terminal Ringing D2 10 15 3 Terminal Dial Tone D3 10 16 D Single Line Telephone Problems 1 No Dial Tone Access on SLT E1 10 17 2 No Ringing on SLT E2 10 18 3 No Dial Access to SLT Features ES 10 19 E Low Volume Problems F1 10 20 F External Paging Problems G1 10 21 G SMDR Output Problems H1 10 22 No Call Accounting System System Maintenance Electra Elite A1 Issue 7 No Internal Dial Tone to any Multiline Terminal or SLT DC Voltages Incorrect or No DC Voltag
235. n the hexadecimal value of the number of ones in the data block The transmitting device calculates the value and appends it to the data block The receiving end makes a similar calculation and compares its results with the added character If there is a difference the recipient requests retransmission DN Directory Number Unique number phone number assigned to each telephone or data terminal ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network An international plan to migrate the public switched network to the universal implementation of standard digital technology LSA Line Synchronization Alarm Detection A T1 trunk looses frame synchronization Frame synchronization occurs when a given digital channel time slot at the receiving end is aligned with the corresponding channel time slot of the transmitting end as it occurs in the received signal Usually extra bits frame synchronization bits are inserted at regular intervals to indicate the beginning of a frame and for use in frame synchronization LCR Least Cost Routing A feature that automatically chooses the lowest cost phone line to the destination OOF Out of Frame Condition During T1 transmission an Out of Frame error occurs when two or more of four consecutive framing bits are in error When this condition exists for more than 2 5 seconds a Red alarm is sent by the OOF detecting unit Equipment that receives this Red alarm responds with a Yellow alarm OPX Off Premise E
236. n Distribution Frame MDF The Main Distribution Frame MDF consists of two different standard quick connect terminal blocks that are mounted on a 3 4 plywood backboard Mounting these blocks on standoffs for ease of access is recommended The recommended blocks are 66B50 for termination of the MDF Cable Assembly and 66M50 for termination of the station cables The Intermediate Distribution Frame IDF requires the 66M50 blocks only Issue 7 Electra Elite Both the MDF and the IDF use standard bridging clips for each terminal block The bridging clips mate the left half of the terminal block terminated cable run to the right half of the terminal block crossconnection wire to the terminal block crossconnection wire The bridging clips are also useful during troubleshooting to help isolate the cable runs and terminals telephones from the central equipment and the Central Office Network from the system Refer to Figure 4 1 Typical Full MDF Layout Telco RJ21X Figure 4 1 Typical Full MDF Layout The Electra Elite 48 KSU is connected to each Multiline Terminal and Single Line Telephone optional equipment CO PBX DID ISDN 4 wire E amp M Tie lines Types and V and FT1 trunks by separate twisted pair cable through the MDF The 4 wire E amp M Tie lines FT1 lines and ISDN lines require multiple twisted pair cabling Table 4 1 MDF Cable Connections provides the necessary cabling informatio
237. n an Electra Elite 48 system is 32 Figure 8 4 DTH DTR 16D 1 TEL Multiline Terminal Installing Electra Elite IPK and 0 Series i Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 2 5 Issue 7 DTH DTR 32D 1 TEL The DTH for Electra Elite IPK or DTR for D Series i digital Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED 16 one touch keys a built in speakerphone headset jack a large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages and compatibility with AD A R AP A R AP R R or CT A R Unit A Directory button is provided to perform scrolling for Caller ID and a Message button is provided to directly access voice mail This terminal also has a 3 line 24 character adjustable Liquid Crystal Display LCD and four softkeys System software can be changed so this Multiline Terminal can have 24 programmable line keys and eight one touch keys A maximum of 32 DTH DTR 32D 1 terminals can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system is 32 Figure 8 5 DTH DTR 32D 1 TEL Multiline Terminal Issue 7 Electra Elite 2 06 DCR 60 1 CONSOLE The Attendant Console has 60 programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED that can be programmed as Direct Station Selection keys function keys or as outside line keys An external power supply AC adapter is provided with the Attendant C
238. n of the volume level of the call with a cursor to indicate the current playback position is displayed The cursor can be dragged forward or backward to allow rapid selection of the applicable section Es Dterm Voice Security Recorder Playback Record About Options File Management Happy Customer 1 42 PM 2 6 2004 0 00 Pj wj Enter notes about the call here User can use the commenttab to search by ket word the text field Cale Time Date Len Happy Customer 1 42 PM 2 5 20 NEC Inquiry 12 32 PM 2 6 2 Cust 12345 11 59 AM 2 672 11 39 AM 2 672 3 49 PM 2 5 20 3 27 PM 2 5 20 2 09 PM 2 5 20 ran Caller ID Comment Fitercurent The user can edit the Caller ID or the Comments field when viewing an existing recording t Caller ID and number dialed are not available on the first release Check with NEC for release date The user can list recordings in order of importance using exclamation mark with Caller ID Time Date or duration The Caller ID and Comment buttons allow the user to filter out all recordings with the required Caller ID or text in the Comments field Playback pause and stop buttons allow the user to control the Playback Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 7 The Red exclamation mark allows recording to be identified as important for future listing or ensures that the recordin
239. nal equipment enhances the Electra Elite 48 system This equipment can be purchased separately from the system and added as the customer business grows All adapters can be installed on the Electra Elite Multiline Terminals With the exception of the VDD U Unit the adapters can also be used with D Series E Multiline Terminals except for DTP 2DT 1 Only the ACA U Unit adapter can be used on the DTP 16HC 1 TEL A Multiline Terminal can have up to three adapters installed at the same time If attaching an APR U Unit CTA U Unit CTU C U CTU S U HFU U or VDD U Unit an external power supply is required Only one power supply is needed even if more than one adapter is installed When an adapter is installed for the first time into a telephone the base cover on the Multiline Terminal may have to be modified The base cover has two access panels that are removed before the cover can be closed over the adapters to complete the installation To prepare the Multiline Terminal for adapter installation 1 Unplug the telephone cord from the terminal 2 Turnthe terminal upside down Push the tabs indicated in Figure 7 1 Raising the Base Plate and raise the inner area of the base plate Issue 7 Electra Elite Figure 7 1 Raising the Base Plate 3 Insert flat head screwdriver into A in Figure 7 2 Unlocking Tab and press straight down until tab unlocks Flat Headed a Screwdriver Y i LX Figure 7 2 Unlocking Tab
240. nd visual indications used in the Electra Elite 48 systems 4 9 1 4 9 2 Tone Patterns Tones are used in the Electra Elite 48 systems to inform the station user of various functions of the systems such as dial tone busy tone or ringback tone Table 2 11 Tone Patterns lists the frequency and the pattern for the tones used in the Electra Elite 48 system LED Flash Patterns The Electra Elite 48 system provides 2 color LEDs Green is used primarily for l Use conditions and for outside calls Red is used primarily for Other Use conditions and internal calls Refer to Table 2 12 Multiline Terminal LED Flash Pattern System Specifications Electra Elite Issue 7 Table 2 11 Tone Patterns n System Tone Frequency Intermit Fixed Hz Default Cycle Fixed 0 5 sec Busy Tone 480 620 60 IPM 9 Sec 0 5 sec Call Waiting Tone 440 60 IPM hn 0 5 sec 0 25 sec 350 440 LPL eo 0 25 2400 Modulation Howler Tone 16 Hz Continuous Internal Dial Tone 350 440 Continuous Internal Ringback Tone 440 480 1 28 m E E 9 2 sec Off sec LCR Dial Tone 440 Continuous 0 25 sec Reorder Tone 480 620 120 IPM 0 25 sec Service Set Tone 440 Continuous 0 125 sec Special Dial Tone 440 240 IPM 0 125 sec Tone Burst 1 Tone 440 Continuous Tone Burst 2 Tone 620 Continuous EE Tie DID Ringback Tone 440 480 2 sec On a 9 4secOff 4 Camp
241. ndled before inserting it in the terminal Feed the installed cable out through the CN2 window as shown in Figure 8 50 Cable Access Port Figure 8 49 Core Cable Installation Figure 8 50 Cable Access Port Issue 7 Electra Elite 14 2 8 Installing the AD A R Unit on a DTH DTR Multiline Terminal 1 Unplug the telephone cord and the AC R Unit cord if installed from the Multiline Terminal 2 Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation Refer to Section 13 Preparing DTH DTR Multiline Terminal for Adapter Installation 3 Plug the A and B tabs in adapter slots as shown on Figure 8 51 Attaching the AD A R Unit to the Multiline Terminal and press down on the adapter until it clicks into place Figure 8 51 Attaching the AD A R Unit to the Multiline Terminal 4 Install the Base Cover and the line cord 14 2 4 AD A R Connections and Specifications Table 8 2 AD A R Cable Connections provides a cable connections list and describes the specifications for the AD A R Unit 8 38 Installing Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Equipment Electra Elite Issue 7 Table 8 2 AD A R Cable Connections Terminal a Number Cables to Connect Terminal Specifications When warning tone is not being sent from Input Terminal the recorder connect wire pair input from T1 and T2 are enabled for tone generating device tone generator to T1 T2 The warning when DSW switches 3 and 4 are OFF tones from the gene
242. nel 16 Busy N A Idle Not Used Not Used Line Loopback On Not Used LED 18 Not Used Not Used DTE Loopback On Not Used LED 19 Not Used Not Used EMEN Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used LED 24 Not Used Not Used Not Used System Hardware Manual 5 43 Issue 7 4 8 5 4 8 6 4 8 7 Electra Elite Alarm Conditions A brief description of each alarm condition is given below Alarm Indication Signal AIS Detection On red when the system is receiving an Alarm Indication Signal from an FT1 trunk Controlled Slip Event Detection SLIP On red when the timing difference between a synchronous receiving terminal and the received signal exceeds the buffering ability of the terminal Cyclic Redundancy Check CRC Error Event Detection On red when a CRC Error occurs Excessive Bipolar Violation BPV Detection On red when excessive BPV is detected Line Synchronization Alarm LSA Detection On red when an FT1 trunk loses frame synchronization Out of Frame OOF Condition Detection On red when two of the four or five framing data bits received are in error Remote Alarm Indication RAI Detection On red when RAI is received Connectors The DTI U ETU has one connector CN1 Connects to the backboard Connections TELCO T1 Provider CSU DSU Figure 5 26 DTI U ETU Co
243. nnector Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 49 IPT 4 8 U ETU 4 9 1 Description The IP Gateway IPT 4 8 U ETU is an optional interface for the Electra Elite KSU that can combine various trunk and Tie line calls into Gateway trunks This ETU can be assigned as a 2 port TLI 2 U 4 port DID 4 U COl 4 U YCOID 4 U ETU or 8 port COI 8 COID 8 U ETU IPE 4 U10 for IPT 8 U10 ETU Connects to J5 0 Unit 2 2 Memory Unit Figure 5 27 IPT 8 U ETU System Hardware Manual 5 45 Issue 7 Electra Elite The Voice over IP trunk ETU provides the following options Table 5 20 VoIP Options Number of Ports Installation Slot Configuration ibt IPT 8 Elite 48 Elite 192 52 57 1 8 3 4 51 54 52 57 51 58 52 57 1 8 4 9 2 Installation The Gateway ETU can be installed in KSU slots that support the applicable ETU simulated The IPT 4 U ETU is converted to IPT 8 U ETU by installing daughter board IPE 4 U Unit Refer to Elite IP Gateway Card Installation Manual 4 9 3 LED Indications HS When Switch S1 is placed to PD this LED lights red The IPT 4 U ETU starts the shutdown When shutdown is complete the LED goes off along with others to indicate that the ETU can be removed from the KSU CH8 1 Indicates the status of associated channel or trunk as in COID DID as follows
244. normal operation LED 6 Shut Down Indicates that the switch has no software control Switch On red only when SHUTDOWN switch is in Run LED 7 Shutdown On red when SHUTDOWN switch is in SHUT DOWN to indicate that voice mail can be safely removed form the KSU LED 8 Power On red when ETU is receiving power from the KSU LED 9 FED DSP Used only for development purposes LED10 CH1 On red when voice channel 1 is Off Hook LED 11 CH2 On red when voice channel 2 is Off Hook LED 12 CH3 On red when voice channel 3 is Off Hook LED 13 CH4 On red when voice channel 4 is Off Hook LED 14 5 On red when voice channel 5 is Off Hook LED15 CH6 On red when voice channel 6 is Off Hook LED 16 CH7 On red when voice channel 7 is Off Hook LED17 CH8 On red when voice channel 8 is Off Hook rz first four channel LEDs are also used during startup to show that the BICOM driver is loaded LED 1 Scan disk successfully completed LED 2 CoSession Host successfully Loaded LED 3 and voice mail started successfully LED 4 After the system is up and running and all channels are ready to receive calls these LEDs are Off When voice mail does not start successfully all eight channel LEDs and LED 1 are On Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 6 1 5 CMS 2 4 U ETU Connectors J2 and J3 Used to install the MDM F 20 Unit J9 Connects to the backboard 9 pin RS 232 COM2 Not used MDM F 20 Unit RJ 11 modem port COM
245. nput Output Terminal input to REC Jack Refer to dip switch settings in Table 8 1 AD A R When the recorder used supplies a Unit Switch Settings warning tone this tone may also be sent through the REC Jack wire pair back to the terminal System Hardware Manual 8 39 Issue 7 Electra Elite Table 8 2 AD A R Cable Connections Continued Notes rz When recording in handsfree half duplex mode using the built in speakerphone the record warning tone may not be audible to the far end party rz The transmit recording level is lower than the receiving voice level for intercom calls the transmit recording level for CO calls is normal rz Depending on the recording device s separate cables may be required for the warning tone and speech path In this case connect the warning tone cables to input terminals T1 and T2 on the AD A R Unit T3 and T4 are used as the tape recorder input rz When remote control of the recorder is necessary the record start stop control is provided by connecting to T5 or T7 and T6 on the ADA U Unit Connecting to T5 or T7 is determined by the specifications of the recorder rz When a warning Tone is provided from the recording equipment it should be input via and T4 on AD A R Unit Do not use T1 and T2 to input Beep Tone t Conversations cannot be recorded from terminals connected to an AP R R Unit 8 40 Installing Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Equipment E
246. ns Table 5 4 MIFA U LED Indications LED Description On Flashing Off LIVE ETU status Operation stopped Normal Operation No Power Power On LED1 Programming Problem when Loading Flash Not Used status loading Flash ROM ROM from EPROM Or PC or LCR Programming connected Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 3 4 5 Issue 7 Connectors The MIFA U ETU has the following connectors to the Backboard CN2 Connects to the Backboard Connects the backup battery during installation ts Disconnect to store the ETU C6 Not used by Electra Elite 48 5 13 Issue 7 Electra Elite 3 5 MIFM U 3 5 1 Description This ETU provides additional memory and processing power for PC Programming SMDR LCR Caller ID or Wireless activation PC Programming and SMDR are standard LCR and Caller ID scrolling and dialing require the KMM 1 0 U to be mounted on the MIFM U ETU The MIFM U must be installed in KSU Slot S2 SW2 OFF 12 IC6 EPROM OFF o sw KMM 1 0 U CN2 Figure 5 10 MIFM U ETU 3 5 2 Installation Only one MIFM U ETU can be installed rz 9101 S2 may contain either the MIFA U ETU or MIFM U ETU The system cannot support both at the same time 5 14 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 3 5 3 Switch Settings Refer to Table 5 5
247. nsole Refer to Figure 8 11 Joining DCR Console to a Terminal Figure 8 11 Joining DCR Console to a Terminal Installing Electra Elite IPK and 0 Series i Equipment Electra Elite Issue 7 3 Connect the line cord and the AC adapter to the indicated locations on the bottom of the Attendant Console Refer to Figure 8 12 Connecting the Line Cord and AC Adapter When Installing a DCR Attendant Console LINE 2 Figure 8 12 Connecting the Line Cord and AC Adapter When Installing a DCR Attendant Console 4 When the Attendant Console and the Multiline Terminal are properly connected they sit side by side as shown in Figure 8 13 DCR Attendant Console and Multiline Terminal Figure 8 13 DCR Attendant Console and Multiline Terminal System Hardware Manual 8 11 Issue 7 Electra Elite r amp Ensure that the AC adapter supplied with the Attendant Console is used Using a different AC adapter may cause problems Check that the supplied voltage matches that of the adapter and plug it in an outlet SECTION 6 ADJUSTING THE DTH DTR LCD DTH DTR display Multiline Terminals have an adjustable Liquid Crystal Display LCD The LCD can be adjusted by pushing downward or upward as desired Figure 8 14 Adjusting the DTH DTR LCD SECTION 7 STALLING DTH Line key designations are entered on the Line Card that is then placed on DTR LiNE CARDS the Multiline Terminal to provide a quick refer
248. nstalled in a system This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system Each system can have one CTI VP CMS FMS VMS or IVR ETU When installing this ETU make all ETU DIP bU switch setting changes before inserting it in the KSU Ensure that KSU is off LED Indications The HD LED flashes red when the hard drive is active t notreset the ETU when the HD LED is flashing Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 6 3 FMS 2 4 8 U ETU 6 3 1 Description The 5 2 4 8 0 is a Digital Voice Mail system that supports a maximum of eight ports This ETU is a PC platform installed in the Electra Elite that contains Flash ROM data storage for voice recording and application software A digital signal processor voice processing section handles the following functions detection generation General tone detection FAX CNG tone detection PCM compression for audio recording playback Automatic gain control AGC Aserial port direct connect speeds up to 19 2 Kbps This ETU provides 2 4 or 8 ports for digital voice mail Refer to Table 5 42 Configuration Support Table Table 5 42 Configuration Support Table Function Configuration Support Applications Call Forwarding Connections Automated Attendant Voice Mail with call forwarding
249. o the DBM B U or another expansion board Each DBM B U basic board can support up to five expansion boards and 40 additional LEDs The total number of LEDs is 384 but the Electra Elite 48 System can only support up to 200 mailbox indications Multiple locations of the same mailbox are permitted Refer to Figure 7 31 DBM B U and DBM E U Message Display Boards and Figure 7 32 Maximum Display Indications Message Status LEDs 108 Name Sheets Box 109 Box 102 Box 110 Box 103 Connector Box 111 Box104 Box 105 Box 112 Box 113 Box 106 Bracket Box 114 Box 107 Front Panel Box 115 DBM B U10 Box DBM E U10 Box Figure 7 31 DBM B U and DBM E U Message Display Boards Issue 7 Electra Elite ESI Channels 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 DBM B DBM E X5 goo ooo 0 oR SRE TE TE gpauaaadgaogcd L_ 8 Ports X 6 Units X8 LEDs 384 indications Electra Elite 48 supports 200 mailboxes Uu B DBM E X5 goo oo oo of EUER Oooooooo ee Sone ood Figure 7
250. o the black terminal U Be careful not to misconnect the 3 terminals of the batteries Figure 4 15 Connecting Built In Batteries 2 Slide the batteries into the bottom space at the left side the KSU and install the battery cover as shown in Figure 4 16 Installing Batteries in the KSU Figure 4 16 Installing Batteries in the KSU 3 Connect the cable to the BATTERY INT connector of the PSU as shown in Figure 4 17 Connecting the Batteries to the Power Supply Unit 4 20 Installing the KSU Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 3 8 2 Issue 7 Figure 4 17 Connecting the Batteries to the Power Supply Unit External Battery Installation Batteries that are purchased locally can be connected to the system as external batteries the BATTERY EXT connector of the KSU When the built in batteries are connected with the external batteries a large charging current may flow from the external batteries to the built in batteries and cause battery cable burns When installing external batteries disconnect the battery cable for the built in batteries from L 1 Connect cabling to the external batteries as shown in Figure 4 18 Connecting Cables for External Batteries Issue 7 Electra Elite Figure 4 18 Connecting Cables for External Batteries 2 Route the cables through the clamps on the bottom right side of the KSU 3 Connect the external batteries to the KSU in the location
251. old is not available 3 13 1 Connecting Audio Sources to the KSU Connect the plug end to the MOH IN jack on the MBD U10 Unit in the KSU Audio Shielded Voice Message or Cable Output any Music Source Power Terminal Figure 7 65 Music Source Connections Station Background Music Station Background Music can be provided using an internal or an external source The same connection method used for Music on Hold is used for Station Background Music External Page Output Electra Elite 48 KSU pins 25 and 50 are used to connect a single zone of paging The ECR U ETU must be installed for External Tone Ringer Background music over External Speakers External Paging with more than one zone or Night Chime Refer to Figure 7 66 External Page Output For more information on the ECR U ETU refer to Chapter 5 Section 7 4 ECR U ETU Issue 7 Electra Elite MDF Cable Connections AMPHENOL 2 Amplifier PIN 50 Speakers For PIN 25 External Paging Figure 7 66 External Page Output 3 46 Connecting a KSU to a Personal Computer To use Least Cost Routing LCR and PC Programming specialized software must installed in the user PC and the PC must be connected via a serial port to the KSU 3 16 1 Connecting the PC to the KSU Using RS 232C straight cable connect the PC to the COM port the KSU MBD U10 Unit Refer to Figure 7 67 Connecting a PC to the KSU The functions and the co
252. on any IBM compatible PC Refer to the PCT Installation Guide provided with the PCT U for installation instructions Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite 3 10 System Hardware Manual Issue 7 3 9 1 Connecting a MIC Line In When using the microphone input MIC connect an electric condenser microphone Phantom power 2 2 Vdc is supplied When using the line level input Line In connect to a line level device such as a CD or cassette player SLT 1 U ADP Single Line Telephone The Single Line Telephone adapter provides an interface for Single Line Telephones and other similar devices from an ESI ETU channel This adapter can be connected to any ESI port 3 10 1 Connecting the SLT 1 U ADP to the System 1 Connect one end of the RJ 11 to the ESI port on the KSU and one end to the ESI jack on the SLT Adapter 2 Connect one end of a second RJ 11 to the TEL jack on the SLT Adapter and the other end to the Single Line Telephone SLT 1 U10 ADP RJ 11 2 wire 2 wire Figure 7 44 Connecting a Single Line Telephone to the System using an SLT 1 U ADP Issue 7 Electra Elite Modular Terminal ESI ETU SLT 1 U10 ADP T R Base Cord ESI Port Modular Terminal Connections Single Line ESI Port SLT 1 U10 ADP Telephone EN N Single Line Telephone Connections Figure 7 45 Connecting the SLT 1 U ADP 7 36 Installing Optional Equipment Electra E
253. on Frame MDF 4 3 25 Power Failures Transier mmm 4 9 26 Branch uds 4 9 Section 3 Installing the KSU 4 10 3 1 General WROTEON RR PIE 4 10 3 1 1 KSU em RN 4 10 System Hardware Manual iii Issue 7 Electra Elite 3 2 Removing the KSU econ ec poete diete poesis 4 11 3 3 X Securing Cables Using the Velcro Strap 4 11 24 EA TUTE the tro iEn 4 12 3 4 1 Grounding Requirements nee 35 Mounting Ihe KSU qusassudess recto 4 15 3 6 X Replacing the Power Supply Unit in the KSU 4 16 3 7 Fuse Replacement 4 19 3 8 Installing Built In and External Batteries in the KSU 4 20 3 8 1 Built In Battery Installation jener ntm 4 20 3 8 2 External Battery Installation 4 21 Chapter 5 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Section 1 Section 2 Section 3 General Information as 5 1 Installation 5 2 2 1 installation Precautions c ne 2 2 Inserting an ETU into the KSU Slots 5 4 23 Removing an ETL irom mie KSU 5 4 Common Control Units 5 5 3 1 1
254. ones DSW 1234567 8 ang ds Default 3 Hook tabs B in the slots on the Multiline Terminal as shown in Figure 8 59 Attaching the CT A R Unit to the DTH DTR Multiline Terminal and press down until the unit clicks into place Figure 8 59 Attaching the CT A R Unit to the DTH DTR Multiline Terminal 4 Install the extended base cover 8 46 Installing Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Equipment Electra Elite Issue 7 5 Install the line cord 6 Install the headset and anchor it in the cord slot as shown in Figure 8 60 Installing and Anchoring Headset Figure 8 60Installing and Anchoring Headset 7 Connect the RS 232C cable from the computer to the connector on the CT A R Unit as shown in Figure 8 61 Connecting the RS 232C Cable to the CT A R Unit on the Multiline Terminal Figure 8 61 Connecting the RS 232C Cable to the CT A R Unit on the Multiline Terminal System Hardware Manual 8 47 Issue 7 Electra Elite 14 4 4 Installing the Driver on the PC Using the setup disk provided with the CT A R Unit install the driver onto your PC Refer to the product installation guide for instructions on installing CT A setup disks 14 5 Removing or Installing BS E R Key Unit To remove this unit 1 Remove the Line Card and Line Panel from the Multiline Terminal 2 Pullthe tab on the right side of the key unit and lift out the unit to the left as shown in Figure
255. only Check Memory Block 4 95 Check CO lines at MDF with test set to see if they are DTMF or DP Check CO lines at MDF with test set to see if they are DTMF or DP DP Reprogram for DTMF Reprogram lines for DP If lines are DTMF increase the DTMF duration in Memory Block 3 15 If lines are DP choose 10 or 20 pps option in Memory Block 3 92 Check off hook CO line current System Hardware Manual Monitor Line with test set and verify if system is sending digits Digits Sent Reset COI 8 U ETU If trouble persists go to next step Replace COI 8 U ETU and test Perform Second Initialization and test Perform First Initialization and test Replace B48 U10 KSU 10 13 Issue 7 Electra Elite D1 Multiline Terminal Function Problems All terminals affected Yes gt Go to Flowchart A2 Check Memory Block 7 2 for correct Station Assignment Assignment Reassignment correct Yes Perform Multiline Terminal Self Test 1 2 Hold down and together and plug in the line card 3 4 Return terminal on line by taking handset off hook and then Is Problem solved Unplug terminal line cord Press each terminal key to test tones LEDs and key contacts return to on hook Send terminal in for repair Send ESI 8 U ETU in
256. onnect the bare end of the control cable When a Multiline Terminal is idle this contact is closed When the Multiline Terminal goes off hook T5 using the handset headset or speakerphone this contact is open When recorder owner manual specifies start on open circuit connect T5 and T6 T6 Connect the shielded end of the control Provides common connection for control cable cable Connect the bare end of the control cable When the Multiline Terminal is idle this contact is open When the Multiline Terminal is busy using 17 the handset headset or speakerphone this contact is closed When recorder owner manual specifies start on closed circuit connect T6 and T7 T8 Unused T9 Unused 7 10 Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite Issue 7 Table 7 1 ADA U Cable Connections Continued Notes te When recording in handsfree half duplex mode using the built in speakerphone the record warning tone may not be audible to the far end party The transmit recording level is lower than the receiving voice level for intercom calls the transmit recording level for CO calls is normal Depending on the recording device s separate cables may be required for the warning tone and speech path In this case connect the warning tone cables to input terminals T1 and T2 on the ADA U Unit T3 and T4 are used as the tape recorder input When remote control of the recorder is necessary the record start stop control is provided by
257. onsole A maximum of four DCR 60 1 Consoles can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system An Attendant Position can have four DCR 60 1 Consoles associated with it Figure 8 6 DCR 60 1 Console 8 6 Installing Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Equipment Electra Elite SECTION 3 SINGLE LINE TELEPHONES System Hardware Manual 3 1 Issue 7 DTR 1 1 TEL The Single Line Telephone is a fully modular terminal with a Flash key redial key 6 level receive volume control 4 level ring volume control 3 tone ring pitch data jack and message waiting lamp Each terminal requires an SLT 1 U10 ADP or SLI 4 8 U10 ETU A maximum of 24 DTR 1 1 TELs can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system Figure 8 7 DTR 1 1 TEL Single Line Telephone t H switch setting for the receive volume control should only be used by hearing impaired individuals otherwise hearing damage may occur This telephone complies with HAC Hearing Aid Compatible volume control defined by section 68 317 of the FCC Rules and Regulations 1996 edition Issue 7 3 2 Electra Elite DTR 1HM 1 TEL The Single Line Telephone is a fully modular terminal with a flash key Redial key Speaker key Hold key 6 level receive and speaker volume control 4 level ring volume control 3 tone ring pitch data jack message waiting lamp and eight programmable Feature Access Speed Dial keys Each terminal requires an SLT 1 U10 ADP or SLI 4 8 U10 ETU
258. onsole and several adapters that allow peripheral equipment to be attached to the Multiline Terminals With the exception of the VDD U Unit the adapters can also be used with Series E Multiline Terminals This chapter describes each terminal console and adapter and provides applicable installation instructions 2 1 DTP 2DT 1 TEL This digital Multiline Terminal has two programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED eight function keys a built in speakerphone headset connection and a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages Optional adapters cannot be installed in this terminal A maximum of 31 DTP 2DT 1 TELs can be installed in the Electra Elite 48 system Figure 6 1 DTP 2DT 1 TEL Multiline Terminal Issue 7 Electra Elite 2 2 DTU 8 1 TEL This digital nondisplay Multiline Terminal has eight programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED eight function keys a built in speakerphone headset jack a large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages and compatibility with ADA U APA U APR U CTA U CTU C U CTU S U HFU U or VDD U Unit The DTP 8 1 TEL can also be used with the Electra Elite 48 system A maximum of 31 DTU DTP 8 1 terminals can be installed in the Electra Elite 48 system The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system is 32 Figure 6 2 DTU 8 1 TEL Multiline Terminal 6 2 Installing Electra Elite Multiline Ter
259. orts and you can record rz Ports are interchangeable between a Multiline Terminal and Electra Elite System 3 17 6 VSR Application Software The VSR software is delivered on a Compact Disk using a self starting install shield CD contains all applicable files and installation procedures to operate to this specification including USB device drivers software application and Help files A quick start instruction sheet and a pre recorded user guide that steps the user through the various options are provided The VSR application supports Microsoft Operating Systems that support USB devices The following systems meet this requirement WIN 98SE WIN Millennium Edition ME WIN 2000 WIN XP all variants t VRS does not support WIN 95 and below or WIN NT 3 17 7 VRS User Interface Tab Options VRS has the following tabs to allow the user to select features and options Playback allows various playback features of recorded conversations Record allows control of recording About provides software version information Options to set up controls such as recording format File Management allows the user to manage disk space used by the VSR Piles Playback Record About Options File Management System Hardware Manual 7 57 Issue 7 Electra Elite 3 17 8 VSR Playback Tab This Tab allows the user to list and play recorded conversations A graphical presentatio
260. p the slot on the cap with the slot on the metal receptacle to ensure proper contact Refer to Figure 7 13 Attaching Cables to the ADA U Unit Figure 7 13 Attaching Cables to the ADA U Unit 4 Insulate the end of the cable that needs to be shielded with insulating tape Table 7 1 ADA U Cable Connections provides a list of cable connections to ADA U ADP terminals and describes the specifications for the terminals System Hardware Manual 7 9 Issue 7 Electra Elite Table 7 1 ADA U Cable Connections Terminal E TM Number Cables to Connect Terminal Specifications When warning tone is not being sent from Input Terminal T1 the recorder connect wire pair input from T1 and T2 are enabled for tone generating device tone generator to T1 T2 The warning when DIP switches 3 and 4 are OFF tones from the generator are sent to T1 T2 on a dedicated wire pair while the speech When switches 3 and 4 are ON a humming sound path is sent from the ADA U on T3 T4 over may be recorded due to impedance mismatch T2 a separate wire pair to the recorder Input Impedance on T1 and T2 100K Q Input Level on T1 and T2 15 dB 40 dB Connect recorder device wire pair speech Input Output Terminal input to T3 T4 Refer to dip switch settings in Table 7 2 ADA U Unit When the recorder used supplies Switch Settings T3 T4 warning tone this tone may also be sent over the T3 T4 wire pair back to the terminal C
261. p through the hook on the back side of the KSU System Hardware Manual 4 11 Electra Elite Issue 7 Figure 4 5 Threading the Velcro Strap Through the Hook on the KSU 3 4 Wall Mounting the KSU Use the template and attach two of the four locally provided 1 screws to the wall as shown in Figure 4 6 Using the Template Do not thread in the last 1 8 inch of the screws Figure 4 6 Using the Template Installing the KSU Electra Elite Issue 7 2 Hangthe KSU as shown in Figure 4 7 Hanging the KSU Figure 4 7 Hanging the KSU 3 Install screws in bottom of KSU and tighten screws at the top Figure 4 8 Installing Screws System Hardware Manual 4 13 Issue 7 Electra Elite 3 4 1 Grounding Requirements The KSU must be properly grounded The Electra Elite 48 KSU is provided with a typical ac third wire ground When this ground is questionable provide an alternative ground 1 Connect the grounding cable green wire to the ground terminal on the right side of the KSU The locally provided grounding cable AWG must be greater than 16 TZ Figure 4 9 KSU Grounding 2 Provide a suitable ground inside of a building according to local telephone company procedures 3 When no suitable ground is available a ground rod should be installed in accordance with the operating procedures of the local telephone company 4 14 Installing the KSU Electra Elite Issue 7 3 5 Rack Mountin
262. pter can be installed on any DTP or DTU Multiline Terminal except DTP 2DT 1 TEL DTP 16HC 1 TEL or Cordless terminals This Message Display Board is connected to the ESI 8 U ETU to DBM B U Box provide a message waiting light for voice mail boxes Each 8 Message Display Board supports eight message waiting lights Expansion for Message Display Board Up to five DBM E U s 40 can be connected to one DBM B U This optional Handsfree Unit provides full duplex handsfree communication This unit comes with the handsfree adapter and an HFU U Unit external microphone 32 This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU Multiline Terminal except DTP 2DT 1 TEL DTP 16HC 1 TEL or Cordless terminals NEC PC Telephony Board TAPI without a modem PCT S U Unit This unit can be installed on the ISA bus on any IBM compatible PC and it can be connected directly to the ESI port This 19 unit is used to simplify installation by rack mounting the RAK U10 Unit Electra Elite 48 system This Adapter provides an interface for Single Line Telephones and SLT 1 U ADP other similar devices from an ESI ETU port This adapter can be connected to any ESI port This Wall Mount Unit is used to mount any DTH DTR Multiline Terminal except DTR 2DT 1 TEL to the wall and connects to the WM R Unit back of the Multiline Terminal This unit is required when an AD A R AP A R AP R CT A R Unit is installed System Hardwar
263. r This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU Multiline Terminal except DTP 2DT 1 TEL and all Cordless terminals This Ancillary Device adapter provides the Digital Multiline Terminal with connection for a tape recorder This adapter can be installed on any DTH DTR Multiline Terminal except DTR 2DT 1 TEL This Ancillary Device adapter provides the Electra Professional Multiline Terminal with connection for headset or audio recorder This adapter can be installed on any Electra Professional Multiline Terminal This Ancillary Device adapter provides the Electra Professional Multiline Terminal with connection for Cordless Telephone This adapter can be installed on any Electra Professional Multiline Terminal 32 32 32 32 AP A R Unit This Analog Port adapter without ringer is the interface used to install a Single Line Telephone Modem Credit Card Reader Wireless Headset NEC VoicePoint VoicePoint Plus Conferencing unit or other compatible Analog device This adapter can be installed on any DTH DTR Multiline Terminal except DTR 2DT 1 TEL 32 APA U Unit AP R R Unit APR U Unit This Analog Port adapter without ringer is the interface used to install a Single Line Telephone Modem Credit Card Reader Wireless Headset NEC VoicePoint VoicePoint Plus Conferencing unit or other compatible Analog device This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU Multiline Terminal except DTP 2DT 1 TEL
264. r nee ert eer PITE EP ED 4 1 3 Switch Settings cues 9 18 System Hardware Manual V Issue 7 Electra Elite Lar MED ETIN i A5 AOS dip Ad Consi E 4 1 7 Connections Ds nM D UD M E EE na 42 MUU VETU nep Rear ruri duarum Go E E 4 2 1 dis Re o E 422 Installation pce 9 22 423 Gwitei NS EE AS E ee fos e E REB DODGE 2 43 0 VETU em 5 24 4 3 1 DESSO Lb ED INED CR AS A203 ODE ME M MM MR HM EO 4 3 4 LED Der 225 emen A 436 UCOGNRECION EO du ETU GERM DERI RE FOE EE ERI ERI iden bibe 4 4 1 Per een 44 2 Hot e 2 443 SWC 444 LED Ipdications a 84 5 LODDBOLO S diae LEER AE ERE RERUM E BASE CONNECTIONS Jimi sb eH prb eee ip ae ETU Feature LB I 45 8 020 30 ETU 4 5 1 Bos uio Mc
265. r to ancillary devices Attendant Consoles or DTP 16HC 1 TELs Except for the DTP 16HC 1 TEL the ACA U Unit must be connected to an adapter that is installed on a Multiline Terminal If more than one adapter is installed on a Multiline Terminal only one ACA U Unit is necessary The power requirements for the ACA U Unit are 120V AC 60 Hz 30W Output 24V DC 750 mA Polarity gt 3 1 1 Connecting the ACA U Unit 1 Unplug the ACA U Unit from the AC outlet Failing to do this can damage the unit and or the Multiline Terminal 2 Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation Refer to Section 2 Preparing Multiline Terminal for Adapter Installation on page 7 1 3 Locate the AC Adapter plug on the ancillary device that is connected to the bottom of the Multiline Terminal and plug in the AC Adapter AC Adapter Plug Figure 7 9 ACA U Unit Connection Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 3 2 Issue 7 ADA U Unit Ancillary Device Adapter Ancillary Device Adapters allow connection of a tape recorder to all DTP DTU Multiline Terminals except for DTP 2DT 1 and DTP 16HC 1 When installing an ADA U Unit first connect the cables to the ADA U Unit set the dip switches and then install the ADA U Unit on the Multiline Terminal 3 2 1 Installing an ADA U Unit on a Multiline Terminal 1 Unplug the telephone cord from
266. ra Elite Connectors The COIB 4 U ETU has the following connectors Connects to the backboard CN2 Future CN3 Future Connections MDF Demark T1 T R 1 R T2 T R2 R CO T3 T R3 R T4 T R4 R Figure 5 16 COIB 4 U ETU Connections Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 7 4 4 COIB 4 U20 30 ETU 4 4 1 Description This can function the same as the COI 4 U or COID 4 U ETU to provide Central Office Interface Only the COIB 4 U30 ETU can support the CO Message Waiting Indication feature 89500 Transmit and receive pad controls have been added to the COIB 4 U20 ETU Ground Start trunks are not supported When the ETU is set for COID mode Loop Start trunks and Caller ID trunks are supported Caller ID does not work in the COI mode Fax CO Branch support is provided on the COIB 4 U20 port 4 only This ETU contains circuitry for outside ring detection holding dialing and control functions This ETU can provide a CAMA trunk for E911 CAMA trunk support is provided on COIB 4 U20 port 3 When functioning as a COI 4 U or COID 4 U only DTMF signaling is supported Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements Refer to Figure 5 17 COIB 4 U20 ETU Issue 7 4 4 2 Electra Elite s B JP400 saf j JP401 JP301 201 Figure 5 17 COIB 4 U20 ETU In COI mo
267. rated Digital Voice Mail ISDN BRI and PRI Voice Trunks K CCIS Common Channel Interoffice Signaling LAN KTS Cabling Integration Least Cost Routing LCR Live Monitoring Live Record Multiline Conference Bridge Multilingual LCD Indication Multiple Music on Hold using CO Interface e 7 909 009000 0 99 01 9090 909 0 9 0101 0909 90 A D System Hardware Manual 1 1 Issue 7 Electra Elite PC Attendant Console Unified Messaging Uniform Call Distribution UCD Voice over Internet Protocol VoIP Wireless Optional 33 6 kbps Modem for Remote Programming and Maintenance The Electra Elite 48 system offers a variety of compatible Multiline Terminals that are available in 8 line 16 line and 32 line capacities and offered as display and non display terminals A 2 ine non display terminal 60 line Attendant Console and a variety of cordless terminals are also available A customer with existing Electra Professional terminals can easily connect them to the Electra Elite 48 system to provide inexpensive migration Most Electra Elite 48 system features are available with the Electra Professional Multiline Terminals The Electra Elite 48 system supports a wide range of additional equipment including Single Line Telephones external speakers facsimile machines external microphones and headsets that can be connected to the system to accommodate individual customer needs Figure 1 1 System Configuration Exampl
268. rator are sent to T1 T2 on a dedicated wire pair while the speech When DSW switches and 4 are ON a humming path is sent from the Input Output sound may be recorded due to impedance Terminal mismatch Refer to dip switch settings in Table 8 1 AD A R Unit Switch Settings on 3 74 Input Impedance on T1 and T2 100K over a separate wire pair to the recorder Input Level on T1 and T2 15 dB 40 dB Connect recorder device wire pair speech Input Output Terminal input to T3 TA Refer to dip switch settings in Table 8 1 AD A R When the recorder used supplies Unit Switch Settings warning tone this tone may also be sent over the 1T3 T4 wire pair back to the terminal Connect the bare end of the control cable When a Multiline Terminal is idle this contact is closed When the Multiline Terminal goes off hook using the handset headset or speakerphone this contact is open When recorder owner manual specifies start on open circuit connect T5 and T6 Connect the shielded end of the control Provides common connection for control cable cable Connect the bare end of the control cable When the Multiline Terminal is idle this contact is open When the Multiline Terminal is busy using the handset headset or speakerphone this contact is closed When recorder owner manual specifies start on closed circuit connect T6 and T7 Unused Unused Connect recorder device wire pair speech I
269. rminal The handset is also attached to the bottom side of the Multiline Terminal Telephone Cord 2 Figure 6 11 Connecting a Multiline Terminal to the System 2 Lead the telephone and handset cords through the appropriate grooves Figure 6 12 Leading Line Cords on a Multiline Terminal Issue 7 SECTION 5 CoNNECTING DCU ATTENDANT CONSOLE TO A MULTILINE TERMINAL Electra Elite An Attendant Console can be attached to a Multiline Terminal using the following procedures 1 Turn the Multiline Terminal and the Attendant Console face down Using the joining plate provided with the Attendant Console attach the plate to the Multiline Terminal and the Attendant Console Connect the line cord and the AC adapter to the indicated locations on the bottom of the Attendant Console Line Cord Jack AC Adapter Plug Figure 6 13 Connecting the Line Cord and AC Adapter when Installing a DCU Attendant Console When the Attendant Console and the Multiline Terminal are properly connected they sit side by side as shown in Figure 6 14 DCU Attendant Console and Multiline Terminal Ensure that the AC adapter supplied with the Attendant Console is used Using a different AC adapter may cause problems Check that the supplied voltage matches that of the adapter and plug it in an outlet Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals Electra Elite Issue 7 Figure 6 14 DCU Attendant Console and Multiline T
270. rnal power System Hardware Manual 7 13 Issue 7 Electra Elite Figure 7 16 Attaching the Unit to the Multiline Terminal 3 Close the base plate and snap the cover in place 4 Install a ferrite core provided with the APA U Unit by looping line cord through the core between the terminal 1 inch from the terminal and ESI 8 U ETU This core is only used with the APA U Unit 5 Plug in the power cord on the AC adapter and the telephone cord in the jack 3 3 2 Switch Settings The APA U Unit has one switch SW3 Figure 7 17 APA U Unit Switches 7 14 Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite Issue 7 Refer to Table 7 3 APA U Unit Switch Settings for SW3 Table 7 3 APA U Unit Switch Settings for SW3 Switch Description Sets impedance to 600 2 for devices such as modems or facsimile machines Used for complex impedance devices such as SW3 2 Single Line Telephones 3 3 3 Connecting Cables on the APA U Unit SW3 1 Plug the telephone cord from the Single Line Telephone into the modular jack on the APA U Unit Refer to Figure 7 18 Connecting Cables on the APA U Unit Limit the cable length from the APA U Unit to the Single Line Telephone to a maximum of 50 feet Figure 7 18 Connecting Cables on the APA U Unit System Hardware Manual 7 15 Issue 7 Electra Elite 3 4 APR U Unit Analog Port Ringer The Analog Port Adapter with Ringing provides an
271. rovides a cost effective method for supervising incoming telephone traffic and associated staff activity AIS Alarm Indication Signal Replaces the normal traffic signal when a maintenance alarm indication is activated An AIS signal is transmitted downstream to indicate an upstream failure was detected BNC Bayonet Neill Concelman Connector for slim coaxial cables This is similar to ones used with Ethernet BPV Bipolar Violation Indicates the presence of two consecutive one bits of the same polarity on a T carrier line BRI Basic Rate Interface ISDN subscriber interface BRI has two bearer B channels at 64 Kbps per second and a D channel at 16 Kbps per second The bearer B channels are provided for PCM voice video conferencing group 4 facsimile machines and other similar types of transmissions The data D channel used to bring in information about incoming calls and take out information about outgoing calls BRI can also be used to access slow speed data networks such as videotex and packet switched networks BRI has two standards U Interface for 2 wire T Interface for 4 wire System Hardware Manual A 1 Issue 7 Electra Elite Abbreviations Definition CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check CRC is a common method to establish that the data is correctly received in data communications This process checks the integrity of a block of data A CRC character is generated at the transmission end Its value depends o
272. s USB device that taps across the digital extension pair of 0 Digital extension port and includes software that enables the user to manage stored calls VSR hardware connects in line at the user desktop Power is not required because the connection is a metallic wiring of the in and out connections The recorder does nothing to affect operation of the Digital Telephone This device meets all applicable FCC and UL requirements for this type of communication device System Hardware Manual Figure 7 68 D Voice Security Recorder Issue 7 Electra Elite 3 17 2 Connectors One connector that allows USB cable connection to the PC USB connector to provide power and stream all speech and control channel information to the host PC and desktop software Two digital telephone line connectors that passively tap across the connection between the Electra Elite IPK KSU and a DTH Digital Telephone to listen in high impedance mode to the signaling on the line 3 17 3 Requirements for installation The VSR is packaged with everything necessary for installation including Software CD USB Cable Telephone connection lead Quick start installation manual 3 17 4 Installation Procedures for Windows 98 or ME 1 Run the Setup exe program file from the NEC installation CD before connecting the telephone interface unit to your PC Connect the VRS UBC interface connector to your PC using the provided USB
273. s Busy Not Used Idle LED 2 Line 2 status Busy Not Used Idle LED 3 Line 3 status Busy Not Used Idle LED 4 Line 4 status Busy Not Used Idle 4 7 4 Connectors The DID 4 U ETU has one connector Connects to the backboard 4 7 5 Connections Demark DADADIADA Figure 5 24 DID 4 U Connections Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 7 48 0 ETU 4 8 1 Description The DTI U is a Digital Trunk Interface that provides termination of FT1 trunks up to 16 DS 0 channels that support K CCIS and Automatic Number Indication ANI on T1 A combination of Loop Start and Ground Start signaling can be used on the DTI U ETU DTMF Dial Pulse dialing Tie line E amp M and DID are supported The DTI U ETU has 24 built in DTMF detectors Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements Figure 5 25 DTI U ETU Issue 7 Electra Elite When channels are assigned to ANI the DTI U10 supports Feature Group D incoming only signaling using System Software S3000 The DTI U20 30 supports Feature Group D incoming MF outgoing DTMF signaling using System Software S4500 or higher Only the DTI U30 can support the K CCIS feature with point to point E amp M Tie lines System Software S7000 or higher is required 4 8 2 Installation When a DTI U ETU is installed a CLKG U Unit must be installe
274. sed Status Not Used 5 1 5 Connectors The CNF 8 U ETU has three connectors Connects to the backboard J2 Not currently used 9 pin RS 232C connector for maintenance System Hardware Manual 5 59 Issue 7 Electra Elite 5 2 DPH 4 U ETU 5 2 1 Description The DPH 4 U ETU provides connection for four Doorphones DP D 1A and also provides the associated four Door Lock Release relays Doorphones and relays are paired together The station user talking into a doorphone controls only the Door Lock Release relay for that doorphone when the feature code is dialed The DPH 4 U has two audio paths to be shared by four doorphones Two simultaneous doorphone calls are allowed Doorphones 1 3 and 2 4 are paired together 24V TP2 GND TP1 5V TST a GND LED1 0 00 g 4 45V Figure 5 34 DPH 4 U ETU 5 60 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 5 2 2 5 2 3 5 2 4 Issue 7 Installation Only one DPH 4 U ETU can be installed in the system in slots S3 S6 The DP D 1A Doorphone that is connected to the ETU has the following dimensions Height 5 125in 130 18 Width 3 875 in 98 43 mm Depth 1 00 in 25 4 mm Switch Settings Refer to Table 5 29 DPH 4 U ETU Default Jumper Settings Table 5 29 DPH 4 U ETU Default Jumper Settings Jumper Setting Description S101
275. sets the ETU Installation The first ESI 8 U ETU is built in on the MBD U10 Unit and designated as Slot 1 for ports 01 08 A maximum of three additional ESI 8 U ETUs can be installed in the system in slots S3 S6 Issue 7 Electra Elite 5 3 4 LED Indications Live LED indications are listed below Blinking Red Normal Operation Steady Red Operation Stopped power on Off No Power LED1 indications are listed below Steady Red Some port s busy Off All ports idle 5 3 5 Connectors The ESI 8 U ETU has one connector Connects to the backboard 5 3 6 Connections YLORDO BKO GRO Ss lt S gt Cag Multiline Terminal MDF Figure 5 37 ESI 8 U ETU Connection Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 5 4 OPX 2 U ETU 5 4 1 Description The OPX 2 U ETU provides an interface for two off premise extensions This ETU has a built in ringing generator RSG A maximum of 16000 of loop resistance including about 2000 for the Single Line Telephone is acceptable between the OPX 2 U ETU and a Single Line Telephone This ETU also provides circuitry for loop status detection talk battery sending ringing signals from the RSG unit to the Single Line Telephones and dial pulse detection t The PBR circuit in the MBD U10 Unit or the PBR U ETU is required with Single Line Telephone Connection Figure 5 38 OPX 2 U Unit Syste
276. shown in Figure 4 19 Connecting the External Power Cables to the PSU Connect the external battery cable to the BATTERY EXT connector on the PSU of the KSU Bundle any extra cabling together Installing the KSU Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 7 Figure 4 19 Connecting the External Power Cables to the PSU Install the KSU cover Refer to Figure 4 20 Installing the KSU Cover Figure 4 20 Installing the KSU Cover Issue 7 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Electra Elite Installing the KSU Installing Electronic Telephone Units CHAPTER 5 SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION System Hardware Manual Each Electronic Telephone Unit ETU is installed in a slot of the KSU Refer to Figure 5 1 KSU ETU Slots The B48 U10 KSU has seven slots that are divided as follows Slot 1 is a fixed ESI slot that cannot be changed S2 is the ISA IF slot without Amphenol connections Any ETU that does not require Amphenol connections e g MIF VRS CNF or PBR can be installed in this slot 53 56 are the B48 U10 KSU interface slots with Amphenol connectors All other interface ETUs can be installed in any of these slots S7 is an interface slot without Amphenol connections Any ETU that does not require Amphenol connections e g VRS or PBR can be installed in this slot This chapter describes each ETU and the installation procedures S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 MIU
277. sor 4 channel DTMF Receiver PBR Six 4 party Conference Circuits Internal digital music Music on Hold source ees 9 99 8 External Music on Hold input also used for station background music Flash ROM Call Progress and DTMF Tone Generator Memory Backup Battery Retains memory for approximately 21 days Key Function KF Multifunction MF Registration Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 7 CN412 CN413 CN414 CN415 CN416 CN417 MOH IN CN6 CN5 9 ESI BUSY 5 Slots 1 3 4 ESI LIVE ESI RESET PFT 1 a COM1 OFF AMP2 O sw2 CPURESET COM2 Figure 5 7 KSU MBD U10 Unit Issue 7 Electra Elite 3 3 2 Switch Settings Refer to Table 5 1 MBD U10 Unit Default Switch Settings Table 5 1 MBD U10 Unit Default Switch Settings SWh1 1 SW1 2 Description Off Off Normal Operation On Off Flash ROM load from COM1 port Off On Factory Test On On Flash ROM load from EPROM SW1 3 Description Off MF Mode On KF Mode Description Momentary Switch CPU Reset SW3 1 Description On System boot by EPROM Off System boot by Flash ROM SW3 2 Description N A Not Used Pressing SW2 interrupts all service and causes a second initi
278. sted and described in Table 5 39 System Board Components Table 5 39 System Board Components Item Description A Backplane connector Switch SW2 E Not used Keep indicated default settings Switch SW1 i Not used Keep indicated default settings D Port Expansion Board PEB cable E Modem connector F Hard Drive HD LED G Universal Serial Bus USB connector H Local Area Network LAN connector Keyboard connector J Mouse connector K COM Serial Port connector L VGA Monitor connector Switch SW3 DIP switch 1 default is Off so the voice messaging application starts when the board is turned On Set this switch On to start OS 2 software only M DIP switch 2 default is Off for direct serial remote access connections Set this switch On for modem connections DIP switches 3 and 4 are not used and should be left On N The power button cuts the power to the board from the PC and the hard drive and should not be used Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 Table 5 39 System Board Components Continued Description Voice messaging software LED Green when software is active Amber when active with possible application problem Red when inactive or shut down Shutdown switch Default is On Place Off to shut down the software and system board properly before turning off the telephone system and disconnecting the system board Place On before restar
279. t and Second Dial Tone signaling are also provided The TLI 2 U ETU has two built in DTMF signal detectors TYPE V gt TYPE Figure 5 31 TLI 2 U ETU 4 11 2 Installation A maximum of four TLI 2 U ETUs can be installed in slots S3 S6 5 54 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 4 11 4 4 11 3 Switch Settings Issue 7 Refer to Table 5 23 TLI 2 U ETU Default Switch Settings Table 5 23 TLI 2 U ETU Default Switch Settings Setting When lines provided by this ETU are used for back to back connections set to Type V When connection is to a Central Office set to Type I Default Type V Description Switch Type or Type V for Line 1 SW201 When lines provided by this ETU are used for back to back connections set to Type V When connection is to a Central Office set to Type I Default Type V Switch Type or Type V for Line 2 LED Indications Table 5 24 TLI 2 U ETU LED Indications Description Flashing ETU status Operation Normal stopped Operation Power On Line 1 status Busy Not Used Line 2 status Busy Not Used Issue 7 Electra Elite 4 11 5 Connectors The TLI 2 U has one connector Connects to the backboard 4 11 6 Connections Side A Side B Telco MDF Figure 5 32 TLI 2 U ETU Connections 5 56 Installing Electronic T
280. t Used L1 idle LED4 L1 status BRI CKT3 L1 working Not Used L1 idle LED5 L1 status BRI CKT4 L1 working Not Used L1 idle LED6 B1 or B2 status Busy Not Used Idle Channel 1 LED7 B1 or B2 status Busy Not Used Idle Channel 1 LED8 B1 or B2 status Busy Not Used Idle Channel 1 LED9 B1 or B2 status Busy Not Used Channel 1 LED10 Communication Communication error Not Used Normal or self diagnostics or Self diagnostics in progress LED11 Communication Communication error Not Used Normal or self diagnostics Or Self diagnostics in progress System Hardware Manual 5 19 Issue 7 Electra Elite MDF for BRT ETU TA 1 TB 1 RA 1 RB 1 TA2 TB2 RA2 RB2 TA3 TB3 RA3 RB3 TA 4 4 Channel 1 Channel 2 n Channel 3 4 1 6 Connectors The BRT 4 U has the following connector Connects to the backboard 4 1 7 Connections TELCO NT1 ST 4 Wire U Interface 2 Wire NT1 ST 4 Wire NT1 ST 4 Wire NT1 ST 4 Wire RA 4 RB 4 Figure 5 12 BRT 4 U ETU Connections Channel 4 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 7 4 2 COI 4 8 U ETU 4 2 1 Description The COl 4 8 U provides the Central Office interface The COI ETU contains circuitry for outside ring detection holding dialing and control functions This ETU can provide a CAMA trunk for Enhanced E911
281. t terminal for Internal dial and test Internal tone 2 Replace terminal dial tone 2 Reset and test OR SLI 4 8 U ETU 3 Replace and test 3 Reset ESI 8 U SLI 4 8 U ETU ETU and test 4 Replace ESI 8 U and test Go to Flowchart A1 Internal dial tone Go to Flowchart A1 Leave SLI 4 8 U and one ESI 8 U gt ETU installed Test for CO dial tone at MDF with test set and check CO wiring 1 Check Memory Blocks 4 07 4 08 and 4 19 for Station Restriction 2 Check Memory Block 4 09 for Telephone to Tenant Assignment No Check SW 1 8 on COI 8 U ETU for proper switch setting CO dial tone Have Telco check lines Check conduit and frame ground to system for ground start trunks Reset and test replace COI 8 U and test If trouble persists go to 2 Perform Second Initialization If trouble persists go to 3 Perform First Initialization If trouble persists go to 4 Replace B48 U10 KSU and test using default program Beo 10 12 System Maintenance Electra Elite 1 2 3 Issue 7 Check CO lines at MDF with test set to see if they are DTMF or DP DP or DTMF Check Memory Block 3 92 Selection to ensure lines are programmed for DP Reprogram as DP CO PBX Dialing Problem Cannot Dial Out on CO SLT problem
282. tch with nippers and set the switches as shown in Figure 8 44 AD A R Switch With Default Settings and wire between the AD A and recorder as shown in Figure 8 46 DSW Switch Settings for Sending Voice Calls to Terminal 2 Table 8 1 AD A R Unit Switch Settings provides a breakdown of the DSW switch settings Table 8 1 AD A R Unit Switch Settings Switch Default Setting Description When the AD A R provides control to the recorder DSW 1 must be On Warning Tone from any DSW 2 Off device is sent to terminal when DSW 2 is On DSW 1 Off To get a warning Tone DSW3 DSW 4 from recording device over On On same wire pair as speech path both switches must DSW3 be Off and DSW 4 To get a warning Tone DSW 3 DSW 4 from recorder or generator On equipment on dedicated On wire pair to recorder MIC input DSW 3 must be Off DSW 5 On Must be Off for Debugging DSW 6 8 Off Must be On to Upgrade Firmware Connect to Series i DTR SW1 SUM SW1 2 selects IP Phone IRT SW2 1 600 Q Input Impedance 5 2 SW2 2 selects Complex Impedance for SLTs SW3 Not Installed t not connect T1 T2 when DSW switches and 4 are On 8 34 Installing Electra Elite IPK and D Series i Equipment Electra Elite Issue 7 Figure 8 44 AD A R Switch With Default Settings PC 261M SONY correspond Mini plug Mini plug connection cord
283. that provides over 200 features including Computer Telephony Integration Least Cost Routing Uniform Call Distribution ISDN PRI Voice Trunks ISDN BRI Voice Trunks T1 LAN KTS Cabling Integration Voice over Internet Protocol VoIP and many others The Electra Elite 48 system provides the customer needs today and as business expands the system can be expanded to grow as well The Electra Elite 48 system has a set of manuals that provide all the information necessary to install and support the system This preface describes these manuals This manual contains detailed instructions to install the Electra Elite 48 KSU ETUs Multiline Terminals and optional equipment in the following chapters Chapter 1 Introduction Chapter 1 is a brief description of the Electra Elite 48 system and contains a detailed list of equipment available with the system Chapter 2 System Specifications Chapter 2 contains detailed specifications for the Electra Elite 48 system and should be carefully reviewed by the technician before installing the system Chapter 3 Hardware Requirements Chapter 3 contains the hardware requirements for the Electra Elite 48 system and should be read by the technician before installing the system Chapter 4 Installing the KSU Chapter 4 contains the information necessary to install the KSU The technician should become familiar with this section before starting installation SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS Chapter 5
284. ties The MBD U10 Unit contains a 32 bit microprocessor that has overall control of the system This ETU communicates with the interface boards and supports up to 48 ports five interface cards The first IF slot 51 is built in on this board and is designated as an ESI 8 1 MBD per system 4 PBR circuits 16 voice mail ports analog 24 voice mail ports digital 48 ports 7 slots MBD U10 Unit 32 Station Ports 1 Power Failure Transfer 16 Trunks 32 PC Telephony Boards 16 Conference Circuits 1 built in External Paging connection This unit provides additional memory for processing and backup for UCD MIFA U ETU This ETU must be installed in slot S2 1 MIFA U ETU t Electra Stat ACD feature is not supported using the MIFA U ETU with KMA This Unit provides additional memory for PC programming and SMDR LCR Caller ID scrolling or Wireless programming MIFM U ETU This ETU must be installed in slot S2 1 MIFM U ETU When the LCR Caller ID Scroll functions are desired the KMM 1 0 U must be installed Modem Kit Unit The modem unit is installed on the PCT S U Unit or MIFM U ETU 1 per system Trunk Electronic Telephone Units BRT 4 U10 20 ETU This Basic Rate Interface unit provides four channels eight voice channels for ISDN Basic Rate Interface Caller ID is supported This ETU is installed in slot S3 or S4 in the B48 U10 KSU S7000 or lower Using S8000 or higher Th
285. ting The board restarts only when the switch is On Shutdown LED Red when switch is On Green when switch is Off After the LED goes off turn off power to the KSU and disconnect the board Make Busy switch and LED Do not use Must always be On with a red LED System Hardware Manual 5 87 Issue 7 ojm O Electra Elite Figure 5 51 EliteMail CTI Daughter Board Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual Issue 7 6 2 1 2 Daughter Board Components The components identified in Figure 5 51 EliteMail CTI Daughter Board are listed and described in Table 5 40 Daughter Board Components Table 5 40 Daughter Board Components Item Description A F206 LED B CGA LED C Application LED D K VM Channel LEDs 1 8 respectively L M Fax Channel LEDs Channel 1 Channel 2 Figure 5 52 EliteMail CTI Port Expansion Board Issue 7 6 2 2 6 2 3 Electra Elite 6 2 1 3 Port Expansion Board The components identified in Figure 5 52 EliteMail CTI Port Expansion Board are listed and described in Table 5 41 Port Expansion Board Components Table 5 41 Port Expansion Board Components Item Description A Backplane connector B MB LED Always On when board is installed C MB switch Do not use leave On D F206 LED E CGA Live LED F M VM Channels 9 16 respectively Installation Only one CTI VP 4 8 12 16 U ETU can be i
286. tion Channel 1 4 RJ45C Connectors CN6 Channel 5 8 RJ45C Connectors 5 123 Issue 7 7 6 IAD 8 U 7 6 1 Description The IAD 8 U ETU is an optional interface integration device ETU for the Electra Elite KSU The IAD 8 U ETU supports various IP applications such as the IP CCH ETU application and the MEGACO Station Application Currently used configurations are indicated in Table 5 60 IAD 8 U Configurations S2 12345678 ON T es 710 2 1 1 2 Electra Elite J5 Ethernet Port 2 J6 Ethernet Port 1 D12LIVE LED D1 CH8 LED 03 cH LED 05 CH6 LED 07 CH5 LED D2 CH4 LED D8CH1 LED EE J1 51 Reset Serial I F Test Port Figure 5 65 IAD 8 U ETU 5 124 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 Table 5 60 IAD 8 U Configurations Installation slot m Configuration os Electra Elite IPK Application DTI 8 U U 51 98 IP ETU ESI 8 U 51 98 Megaco Station ETU 7 6 2 Boot Up Sequence Status Identification Status of the IAD 8 U ETU during boot up is shown in Table 5 61 IAD 8 U LED Boot Sequence Indications Table 5 61 IAD 8 U LED Boot Sequence Indications 08 06 D4 D2 07 05 03 D12 Approximate State cli4 CH2 CH3 CH4 CH5 CH6 CH7 CH8 LIVE Time 1 Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Flash 1 from Cold Boot ON ON
287. tion 13 Preparing DTH DTR Multiline Terminal for Adapter Installation on page 8 28 Issue 7 Electra Elite The Plug Puller shown in Figure 8 40 AC R Unit is a hollow cylindrical sleeve with a post and a circular rim on the base The plug of the adapter is inserted in this hole and the sleeve is pulled over the back of the plug to seat the post that can then be used to unplug the adapter Locate the plug on the ancillary device that is connected to the bottom of the Multiline Terminal and plug in the AC Adapter Figure 8 41 AC R Unit Connection to Adapter Installing Electra Elite IPK and 0 Series i Equipment Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 14 2 Issue 7 AD A R Unit Ancillary Device Adapter This Ancillary Device Adapter shown on Figure 8 42 AD A R Unit allows connection of a tape recorder to all DTH DTR Multiline Terminals except DTR 2DT 1 as shown on Figure 8 43 Connecting DTH DTR to Recorder Figure 8 42 AD A R Unit Main device SOLUTE 100A D MAIN board CN14 ST1 ST8 or ESI unit CN2 Dterm85 AD A Mini plug Mini plug ST9 ST16 T dodi f ine cord 2 line connection cort Cassette SOLUTE 300 recorder ESI unit CH1 CH8 or ESIC unit CH1 CH4 Figure 8 43 Connecting DTH DTR to Recorder Issue 7 Electra Elite 14 2 1 Switch Settings and Wiring 1 When voice calls are only recorded Remove the cover for the DSW Swi
288. total number of station ports in the system IP Gateway Trunks 32 lines System Hardware Manual Issue 7 Electra Elite m KSU Maximum Equipment Name Description Quantities The Integrated Service Digital Network ISDN Primary Rate Interface PRI is a Public Switched Telephone Network PSTN service that provides 16B channels and a D channel 15B D for voice call trunking The B channels have 15 CO PBX connections Caller ID is supported PRT 1 U ETU TETU This ETU is installed in slot S4 in the B48 U10 KSU S7000 or lower 16 lines The maximum number depends on other Trunks installed This ETU shares the total number of CO PBX lines in the system gt PRT 1 U and DTI U cannot be used in the same system A CLKG U Unit must be installed 4 ETUs PRT 1 U ETU S8000 or higher This ETU can be installed in slots S3 S6 in the B48 U10 KSU The Tie Line Interface ETU supports the termination and operation of up to two E amp M Tie lines 4 wire type and type V and 10 20 pps Dial Pulse or DTMF t Immediate wink start second dial tone and Delay dial 4 ETUs TLI 2 U ETU signaling can be combined on this ETU 8 Tie lines This ETU is installed in slots S3 S6 in the B48 U10 KSU The maximum number depends on other Trunk cards installed This ETU shares the total number of CO PBX lines in the system Station Electronic Telephone Units CMS 2 4 U ETU CNF 8 U ETU
289. und 9 Clamp Screw Figure 7 38 Connecting DBM B U 2 Connect the line cable to the 3 Place the clamp around the cables insert the clamp screw and attach clamp to the DBM B U 4 Refer to Figure 7 39 Connecting DBM B U to ESI Port and connect the display board system to ESI 7 30 Installing Optional Equipment Electra Elite Issue 7 MDF Yellow 7 Cable Connection eg 2 peme DBME 1 L sed Black V A yY Up to 900 Feet AC Adapter Provided Use 0 4 mm to 0 65 mm Twisted Pair Cable Figure 7 39 Connecting DBM B U to ESI Port 3 8 HFU U Unit Handsfree Unit The Handsfree Unit provides full duplex handsfree communication Large areas may cause poor full duplex operation This unit comes with the handsfree adapter and an external microphone With the terminal upside down facing from the bottom of the open cover install this unit in Slot 1 of the telephone Figure 7 40 HFU U Unit 3 8 1 Installing an HFU U Unit on any DTP DTU Multiline Terminal but DTP 2DT 1 DTP 16HC 1 Refer to 3 4 1 Installing APR U Unit on any DTP DTU Multiline Terminal but DTP 2DT 1 DTP 16HC 1 The instructions for installing these units are the same System Hardware Manual 7 31 Issue 7 Electra Elite 3 8 2 Installing the External Microphone An external microphone can be installed on the HFU U Unit These instructions apply to the ext
290. us Table for LEDs 5 and 6 Table 5 56 CCH 4 U ETU Default Switch Settings D117 Table 5 57 CCHI LED Indications Dd T Table 5 58 Connector Descriptions FREI Eb cR mone Table 5 59 LEDS LEM TREE E ou rot System Hardware Manual xxxvii Issue 7 Electra Elite Table 5 60 AOA Configurations Fas d M fai FERE RR EIS Table 5 61 IAD 8 U LED Boot Sequence Indications 5 125 Table 5 62 IADB U el NR 5 126 Table 5 63 IPCA U E TU LED Ingiee Ela eee p Rau 5 130 Table 5 64 ETU Settings NR T 5 133 Table 5 65 PE ETU LED Indications 122i didi sita adna 5 134 Table 5 66 IVR 8 U ETU Ready LED Indications 5 135 Table 5 67 T ETU 2 Switch Settings uiuos ete ennnen 5 138 Table 5 68 ETU Common Settings for the IAD platform 5 139 Table 5 69 Normal State LEDS as iiaa Table 5 70 inaran LEUS aurrena rane TOR Table 5 71 VRS 4 U ETU Default Switch Settings 2 2 52144 Table 5 72 bic MERERI TET 5 145 Table 7 1 ADA U Cable Connections Table 7 2 ADA U Unit Switch Settings
291. ve ETU Channel not 10 CH 1 Red AP Channel used used default M CH2 Red AP Channel used Nor usea default 12 CH3 Red AP Channel used Not used default 13 CH 4 Red AP Channel used Dii dad default 14 CH 5 Red AP Channel used INDE usag default 15 CH6 Red AP Channel used Not Used default 16 CH 7 Red AP Channel used Not useg default 17 CH 8 Red APP Channel used JOL ias default Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite System Hardware Manual 7 7 7 7 7 8 Issue 7 Jumper Settings Not Used J7 Not Used Connectors The IPCA U ETU has the following connectors J2 Connects to the backplane Connection for SODimm Memory card J6 Used for Compact Flash drive on FMS J9 RJ45 LAN connector used for network connection J Serial Port J12 Not Used 5 131 Issue 7 Electra Elite 7 8 IVR 8 U ETU 7 8 1 Description The Electra Elite IVR is an 8 port system that can support IVR applications This ETU is a PC platform installed in the Electra Elite system that contains hard disk space for voice recorded prompts and script templates DIE AP D2 RU 8 sH p 17 Bene n 16 D15 Bene 1 1 n voBlen 5 Figure 5 67 IVR 8 U ETU 5 132 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite 7 8 2 7 8 3 Issue 7 Installation
292. vided on COIB 8 U ports 3 and 7 Other ETUs listed except COIB 4 U20 support CAMA trunks on all ports System Hardware Manual 5 35 Issue 7 Electra Elite 4 6 COID 4 8 U ETU 4 6 1 Description The COID 4 8 U ETU provides the Central Office interface for Caller ID Detection This ETU provides circuitry for outside ring detection hold dialing Caller ID detection and control functions This ETU can provide a CAMA trunk for Enhanced E911 The COID 4 8 U ETU provides four eight trunks that are Loop Start with DTMF signaling only Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements Figure 5 21 COID 8 U ETU 5 36 Installing Electronic Telephone Units Electra Elite Issue 7 4 6 2 Installation A maximum of two COID 4 8 U ETUs can be installed in the system in slot S3 or S4 57000 or lower For S8000 or higher four COIB 4 U ETUs or two COID 8 U ETUs can be installed in slots S3 S6 limited by 16 trunks 4 6 3 Switch Settings The RESET switch resets the unit 4 6 4 LED Indications Table 5 16 COID 4 8 U ETU LED Indications ien Description LIVE ETU status Operation Normal No Power stopped Operation Power On LED 1 Line 1 status Busy Not Used COID 4 COID 8 Line 2 status Not Used COID 4 COID 8 Line 3 status Not Used COID 4 COID 8 Line 4 status COID 4 COID 8 Line 5 status COID 8 Not Used
293. vides an additional four circuits can be installed The number of PBR U ETUs needed depends on the number of Single Line Telephones facsimile machines modems and analog voice mail ports needed Automated Attendant and DISA trunks connected to the system must also be considered t When the optional PBR U is installed these PBR circuits can be used only for SLI ports connected to the system Hardware Requirements Installing the KSU CHAPTER 4 SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION SECTION 2 SITE PREPARATION AND MDF IDF CONSTRUCTION System Hardware Manual This chapter provides the information necessary to install the KSU for the Electra Elite 48 system The technician should be familiar with this section before installing any equipment Plan the installation before actually installing the system Advanced planning minimizes installation time cost and disruption of the customer business activities 2 1 Precautionary Information Observe the following warnings during installation 3 1 Never install telephone wiring during a lightning storm 2 Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations 3 Never touch uninsulated telephone wires or terminals unless the telephone line is disconnected at the network interface 4 Usecaution when installing or modifying telephone lines 2 2 Surveying the Customer Site In most cases a survey of the custom
294. voice mail ports This ETU provides Ringing Signal Generator RSG and Message Waiting MW LED voltage to Single Line Telephones This ETU is installed in slots S3 S6 in the B48 U10 KSU The maximum number depends on other station cards installed This ETU shares the total number of station ports 4 ETUS 16 ports System Hardware Manual 1 11 Issue 7 Electra Elite Equipment Name Description ELSE The Single Line Interface ETU supports a maximum of eight Single Line Telephones and or voice mail ports This ETU provides Ringing Signal Generator RSG and Message Waiting MW LED voltage to Single Line Telephones 3 ETUs SLI 8 U ETU This ETU is installed in slots S3 S6 in the B48 U10 KSU 24 ports The maximum number depends on other station cards installed This ETU shares the total number of station ports VMS 2 U ETU This ETU is installed in one of the S2 S7 interface slots It has two channels of built in Voice Mail Slot S7 is recommended for installation This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system Each system can have one CTI VP CMS FMS VMS or IVR ETU VMS 4 U ETU VMS 8 U ETU ACD 8 U ETU BSU 2 U ETU CCH 4 U ETU This ETU is installed in one of the S2 S7 interface slots It has four channels of built in Voice Mail Slot S7 is recommended for installation This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system Eac
295. xtension A telephone that is located in a different office or building from the mail phone system The OPX is connected by a dedicated telephone line This extension has all abilities of the mail phone system A 2 Glossary of Abbreviations Electra Elite Issue 7 Abbreviations Definition PRI Primary Rate Interface ISDN subscriber interface PRI has 23 bearer B channels at 64 Kbps per second and a D channel at 64 Kbps per second The bearer B channels are provided for PCM voice video conferencing group 4 facsimile machines and other similar types of transmissions The data D channel used to bring in information about incoming calls and take out information about outgoing calls PRI can also be used to access slow speed data networks such as videotex and packet switched networks PRI has two standards U Interface for 2 wire T Interface for 4 wire SLIP Serial Line Internet Protocol An Internet protocol is used to run IP over serial lines such as telephone circuits IP is the Internet Protocol the most important of all protocols on which the Internet is based This protocol allows a packet to traverse multiple networks before it reaches its final destination SMDR Station Message Detail Recording A feature that collects and records information on outgoing calls by station SPID Service Profile Identifier IDSN service is ordered with certain parameters The SPID is an 8 to 12 digit number that uniqu
296. ys each with the 2 color LED a built in speakerphone headset jack a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages and compatibility with AD A R AP A R AP R R or CT A R Unit A Directory button is provided to perform scrolling for Caller ID and a Message button is provided to directly access voice mail This terminal also has a 3 line 24 character adjustable Liquid Crystal Display LCD and four softkeys A maximum of 32 DTH DTR 8D 1 terminals can be installed in the Electra Elite 48 system The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can be installed in the Electra Elite 48 system is 32 Figure 8 3 DTH DTR 8D 1 TEL Multiline Terminal Issue 7 2 4 Electra Elite DTH DTR 16D 1 TEL The DTH for Electra Elite IPK or DTR for Series i digital Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable line keys each with a 2 color LED a built in speakerphone headset jack a large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages and compatibility with AD A R AP A R AP R R or CT A R Unit A Directory button is provided to perform scrolling for Caller ID and a Message button is provided to directly access voice mail This terminal also has a 3 line 24 character adjustable Liquid Crystal Display LCD and four softkeys A maximum of 32 DTH DTR 16D 1 terminals can be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can be installed i

Electra Elite 48 System Hardware Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents